1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1093 return Result; 1094 } 1095 1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1097 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1098 } 1099 1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1102 /// 1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1105 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1106 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1107 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1108 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1109 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1110 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1111 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1112 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1113 // namespace. 1114 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1115 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1116 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1117 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1118 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1119 1120 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1121 1122 #ifndef NDEBUG 1123 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1124 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1125 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1126 #endif 1127 1128 CurContext = DC; 1129 S->setEntity(DC); 1130 } 1131 1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1133 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1134 1135 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1136 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1137 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1138 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1139 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1140 1141 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1142 // disappear. 1143 } 1144 1145 1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1147 // We assume that the caller has already called 1148 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1149 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1150 if (!FD) 1151 return; 1152 1153 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1154 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1155 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1156 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1157 CurContext = FD; 1158 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1159 1160 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1161 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1162 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1163 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1164 S->AddDecl(Param); 1165 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1166 } 1167 } 1168 } 1169 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1182 /// 1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1188 /// attribute. 1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1190 ASTContext &Context) { 1191 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1192 return true; 1193 1194 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1195 return true; 1196 1197 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1198 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1199 } 1200 1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1203 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1204 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1205 // scope. 1206 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1207 S = S->getParent(); 1208 1209 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1210 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1211 // into any context. 1212 if (AddToContext) 1213 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1214 1215 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1216 // are function-local declarations. 1217 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1218 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1219 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1220 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1221 return; 1222 1223 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1224 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1225 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1226 return; 1227 1228 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1229 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1230 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1231 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1232 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1233 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1235 1236 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1237 break; 1238 } 1239 } 1240 1241 S->AddDecl(D); 1242 1243 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1244 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1245 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1246 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1247 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1248 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1249 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1250 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1251 continue; 1252 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1253 break; 1254 } 1255 1256 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1257 } else { 1258 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1259 } 1260 } 1261 1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1263 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1264 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1265 } 1266 1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1268 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1269 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1270 } 1271 1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1273 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1274 do { 1275 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1276 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1277 return S; 1278 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1279 1280 return nullptr; 1281 } 1282 1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1284 DeclContext*, 1285 ASTContext&); 1286 1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1290 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1291 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1292 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1293 while (F.hasNext()) { 1294 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1295 1296 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1297 continue; 1298 1299 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1300 continue; 1301 1302 F.erase(); 1303 } 1304 1305 F.done(); 1306 } 1307 1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1309 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1311 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1312 } 1313 1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1316 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1317 while (F.hasNext()) 1318 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1319 F.erase(); 1320 1321 F.done(); 1322 } 1323 1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1325 /// @code 1326 /// class S { 1327 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1329 /// }; 1330 /// @endcode 1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1332 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1333 // the decl here. 1334 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1338 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1339 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1340 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1341 return false; 1342 } 1343 1344 // We need this to handle 1345 // 1346 // typedef struct { 1347 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1348 // } A; 1349 // 1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1355 // not. 1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1357 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1358 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1359 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1360 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1361 return true; 1362 } 1363 DC = DC->getParent(); 1364 } 1365 1366 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1367 } 1368 1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1370 // these semantics. 1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1372 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1373 return false; 1374 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1375 } 1376 1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1378 assert(D); 1379 1380 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1381 return false; 1382 1383 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1384 // of members of class templates. 1385 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1386 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1390 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1394 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1395 return false; 1396 } else { 1397 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1398 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1399 return false; 1400 } 1401 1402 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1403 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1404 return false; 1405 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1406 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1407 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1408 // like "inline".) 1409 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1410 return false; 1411 1412 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1413 return false; 1414 1415 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1416 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1417 return false; 1418 } else { 1419 return false; 1420 } 1421 1422 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1423 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1424 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1425 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1426 } 1427 1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1429 if (!D) 1430 return; 1431 1432 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1433 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1434 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1435 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1436 } 1437 1438 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1439 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1440 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1441 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1442 } 1443 1444 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1445 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1446 } 1447 1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1449 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1450 return false; 1451 1452 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1453 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1454 return false; 1455 1456 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1457 return true; 1458 1459 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1460 // functions. 1461 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1462 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1463 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1464 WithinFunction = 1465 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1466 if (!WithinFunction) 1467 return false; 1468 1469 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1470 return true; 1471 1472 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1473 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1474 return false; 1475 1476 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1477 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1478 1479 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1480 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1481 1482 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1483 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1484 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1489 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1490 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1491 return false; 1492 1493 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1494 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1495 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1496 return false; 1497 1498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1499 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1500 return false; 1501 1502 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1503 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1504 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1505 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1506 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1507 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1508 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1509 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1510 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1511 return false; 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1518 } 1519 1520 return true; 1521 } 1522 1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1524 FixItHint &Hint) { 1525 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1526 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1527 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1528 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1529 return; 1530 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1531 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1532 } 1533 return; 1534 } 1535 1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1537 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1538 return; 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1541 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1543 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1545 } 1546 } 1547 1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1551 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1552 return; 1553 1554 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1555 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1556 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1557 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1558 return; 1559 } 1560 1561 FixItHint Hint; 1562 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1563 1564 unsigned DiagID; 1565 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1567 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1569 else 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1571 1572 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1573 } 1574 1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1576 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1577 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1578 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1579 // MS inline assembly label name. 1580 bool Diagnose = false; 1581 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1582 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1583 else 1584 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1585 if (Diagnose) 1586 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1587 } 1588 1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1590 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1591 1592 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1593 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1594 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1595 1596 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1597 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1598 1599 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1600 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1601 1602 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1603 1604 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1605 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1606 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1607 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1608 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1609 } 1610 1611 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1612 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1613 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1614 1615 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1616 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1621 /// 1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1624 /// to the fixed name. 1625 /// 1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1629 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1630 /// 1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1632 /// class could not be found. 1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1634 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1635 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1636 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1637 // creation from this context. 1638 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1639 1640 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1641 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1642 // find an Objective-C class name. 1643 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1644 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1645 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1646 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1647 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1648 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1649 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1650 } 1651 } 1652 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1653 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1654 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1655 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1656 return Def; 1657 } 1658 1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1663 /// ill-formed in C++: 1664 /// @code 1665 /// struct S6 { 1666 /// enum { BAR } e; 1667 /// }; 1668 /// 1669 /// void test_S6() { 1670 /// struct S6 a; 1671 /// a.e = BAR; 1672 /// } 1673 /// @endcode 1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1681 /// contain non-field names. 1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1683 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1684 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1685 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1686 S = S->getParent(); 1687 return S; 1688 } 1689 1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1695 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1696 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1697 return; 1698 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1699 1700 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1701 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1702 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1703 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1704 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1705 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1706 } 1707 1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1709 switch (Error) { 1710 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1711 return ""; 1712 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1713 return "stdio.h"; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1715 return "setjmp.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1717 return "ucontext.h"; 1718 } 1719 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1720 } 1721 1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1723 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1725 /// built-in. 1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1727 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1728 SourceLocation Loc) { 1729 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1730 1731 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1732 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1733 if (Error) { 1734 if (ForRedeclaration) 1735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1736 << getHeaderName(Error) 1737 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1738 return nullptr; 1739 } 1740 1741 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1742 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1743 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1744 << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1800 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1801 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1802 /// entity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Sema &S, 1804 NamedDecl *decl, 1805 LookupResult &previous){ 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if ((!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 1808 !S.getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage) 1809 return; 1810 1811 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1812 if (previous.empty()) 1813 return; 1814 1815 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1816 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1817 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1818 1819 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1820 if (S.isVisible(old)) 1821 continue; 1822 1823 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1824 filter.erase(); 1825 } 1826 1827 filter.done(); 1828 } 1829 1830 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1831 /// entity if their types are the same. 1832 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1833 /// isSameEntity. 1834 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1835 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1836 LookupResult &Previous) { 1837 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1838 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1839 return; 1840 1841 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1842 if (Previous.empty()) 1843 return; 1844 1845 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1846 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1847 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1848 1849 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1850 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1851 continue; 1852 1853 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1854 // different linkages. 1855 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1856 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1857 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1858 continue; 1859 1860 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1861 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1862 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1863 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1864 continue; 1865 } 1866 1867 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1868 Filter.erase(); 1869 } 1870 1871 Filter.done(); 1872 } 1873 1874 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1875 QualType OldType; 1876 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1877 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1878 else 1879 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1880 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1881 1882 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1883 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1884 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1885 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1886 << Kind << NewType; 1887 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1888 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1889 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1890 return true; 1891 } 1892 1893 if (OldType != NewType && 1894 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1895 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1896 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1897 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1898 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1899 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1900 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1901 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1902 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1903 return true; 1904 } 1905 return false; 1906 } 1907 1908 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1909 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1910 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1911 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1912 /// 1913 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1914 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1915 // merging checks. 1916 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1917 1918 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1919 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1920 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1921 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1922 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1923 default: break; 1924 case 2: 1925 { 1926 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1927 break; 1928 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1929 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1930 break; 1931 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1932 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1933 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1934 break; 1935 } 1936 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1937 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1938 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1939 return; 1940 } 1941 case 5: 1942 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1943 break; 1944 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1945 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1946 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1947 return; 1948 case 3: 1949 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1950 break; 1951 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1952 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1953 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1954 return; 1955 } 1956 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1957 } 1958 1959 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1960 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1961 if (!Old) { 1962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1963 << New->getDeclName(); 1964 1965 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1966 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1967 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1968 1969 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1970 } 1971 1972 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1973 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1975 1976 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1977 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1978 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1979 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1980 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1981 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1982 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1983 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1984 // instead of our tag. 1985 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1986 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1987 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1988 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1989 else 1990 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1991 1992 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1993 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1994 } 1995 } 1996 1997 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1998 // with any extensions enabled. 1999 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2000 return; 2001 2002 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2003 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2004 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2005 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2006 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2007 } 2008 2009 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2010 return; 2011 2012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2013 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2014 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2015 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2016 // to the type to which it already refers. 2017 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2018 return; 2019 2020 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2021 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2022 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2023 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2024 // 2025 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2026 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2027 // 2028 // struct S { 2029 // typedef struct A { } A; 2030 // }; 2031 // 2032 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2033 // allow the above but disallow 2034 // 2035 // struct S { 2036 // typedef int I; 2037 // typedef int I; 2038 // }; 2039 // 2040 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2041 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2042 return; 2043 2044 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2045 << New->getDeclName(); 2046 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2047 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2048 } 2049 2050 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2051 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2052 return; 2053 2054 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2055 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2056 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2057 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2058 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2059 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2060 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2061 return; 2062 2063 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2064 << New->getDeclName(); 2065 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2066 } 2067 2068 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2069 /// attribute. 2070 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2071 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2072 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2073 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2074 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2075 if (Ann) { 2076 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2077 return true; 2078 continue; 2079 } 2080 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2081 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2082 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2083 return true; 2084 } 2085 2086 return false; 2087 } 2088 2089 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2090 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2091 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2092 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2093 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2094 return true; 2095 } 2096 2097 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2098 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2099 /// 2100 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2101 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2102 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2103 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2104 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2105 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2106 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2107 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2108 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2109 // in a case like: 2110 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2111 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2112 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2113 // definition in such a case. 2114 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2115 return false; 2116 2117 if (I->isAlignas()) 2118 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2119 2120 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2121 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2122 OldAlign = Align; 2123 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2124 } 2125 } 2126 2127 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2128 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2129 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2130 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2131 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2132 return false; 2133 2134 if (I->isAlignas()) 2135 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2136 2137 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2138 if (Align > NewAlign) 2139 NewAlign = Align; 2140 } 2141 2142 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2143 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2144 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2145 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2146 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2147 2148 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2149 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2150 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2151 QualType Ty; 2152 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2153 Ty = VD->getType(); 2154 else 2155 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2156 2157 if (OldAlign == 0) 2158 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2159 if (NewAlign == 0) 2160 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2161 } 2162 2163 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2164 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2165 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2166 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2167 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2168 } 2169 } 2170 2171 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2172 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2173 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2174 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2175 // equivalent alignment. 2176 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2177 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2178 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2179 // have no alignment specifier. 2180 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2181 << OldAlignasAttr; 2182 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2183 << OldAlignasAttr; 2184 } 2185 2186 bool AnyAdded = false; 2187 2188 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2189 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2190 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2191 Clone->setInherited(true); 2192 New->addAttr(Clone); 2193 AnyAdded = true; 2194 } 2195 2196 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2197 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2198 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2199 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2200 Clone->setInherited(true); 2201 New->addAttr(Clone); 2202 AnyAdded = true; 2203 } 2204 2205 return AnyAdded; 2206 } 2207 2208 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2209 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2210 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2211 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2212 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2213 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2214 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2215 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2216 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2224 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2226 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2227 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2228 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2229 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2230 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2231 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2232 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2233 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2234 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2235 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2236 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2237 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2238 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2239 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2240 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2241 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2242 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2243 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2244 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2245 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2246 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2247 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2248 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2249 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2250 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2251 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2252 NewAttr = nullptr; 2253 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2254 NewAttr = nullptr; 2255 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2256 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2257 2258 if (NewAttr) { 2259 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2260 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2261 return true; 2262 } 2263 2264 return false; 2265 } 2266 2267 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2268 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2269 return TD->getDefinition(); 2270 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2271 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2272 if (Def) 2273 return Def; 2274 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2275 } 2276 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2277 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2278 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2279 return Def; 2280 } 2281 return nullptr; 2282 } 2283 2284 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2285 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2286 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2287 return true; 2288 return false; 2289 } 2290 2291 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2292 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2293 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2294 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2295 return; 2296 2297 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2298 if (!Def || Def == New) 2299 return; 2300 2301 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2302 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2303 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2304 2305 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2306 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2307 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2308 else { 2309 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2310 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2311 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2312 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2313 : diag::err_redefinition; 2314 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2315 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2316 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2317 } 2318 ++I; 2319 continue; 2320 } 2321 2322 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2323 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2324 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2325 ++I; 2326 continue; 2327 } 2328 } 2329 2330 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2331 ++I; 2332 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2333 } 2334 2335 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2336 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2337 ++I; 2338 continue; 2339 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2340 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2341 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2342 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2343 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2344 // equivalent alignment. 2345 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2346 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2347 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2348 // have no alignment specifier. 2349 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2350 << AA; 2351 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2352 << AA; 2353 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2354 --E; 2355 continue; 2356 } 2357 } 2358 2359 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2360 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2361 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2362 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2363 --E; 2364 } 2365 } 2366 2367 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2368 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2369 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2370 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2371 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2372 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2373 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2374 } 2375 2376 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2377 return; 2378 2379 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2380 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2381 2382 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2383 return; 2384 2385 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2386 2387 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2388 // we process them. 2389 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2390 2391 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2392 bool Override = false; 2393 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2394 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2395 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2396 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2397 switch (AMK) { 2398 case AMK_None: 2399 continue; 2400 2401 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2402 break; 2403 2404 case AMK_Override: 2405 Override = true; 2406 break; 2407 } 2408 } 2409 2410 // Already handled. 2411 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2412 continue; 2413 2414 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2415 foundAny = true; 2416 } 2417 2418 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2419 foundAny = true; 2420 2421 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2422 } 2423 2424 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2425 /// to the new one. 2426 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2427 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2428 Sema &S) { 2429 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2430 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2431 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2432 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2433 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2434 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2435 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2436 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2437 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2438 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2439 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2440 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2441 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2442 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2443 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2444 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2445 } 2446 2447 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2448 return; 2449 2450 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2451 2452 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2453 // done before we process them. 2454 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2455 2456 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2457 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2458 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2459 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2460 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2461 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2462 foundAny = true; 2463 } 2464 } 2465 2466 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2467 } 2468 2469 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2470 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2471 Sema &S) { 2472 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2473 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2474 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2475 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2476 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2477 *Newnullability, 2478 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2479 != 0)) 2480 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2481 *Oldnullability, 2482 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2483 != 0)); 2484 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2485 } 2486 } else { 2487 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2488 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2489 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2490 NewT, NewT); 2491 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2492 } 2493 } 2494 } 2495 2496 namespace { 2497 2498 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2499 /// C. 2500 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2501 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2502 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2503 QualType PromotedType; 2504 }; 2505 2506 } 2507 2508 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2509 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2510 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2511 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2512 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2513 2514 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2515 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2516 2517 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2518 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2519 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2520 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2521 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2522 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2523 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2524 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2525 } 2526 2527 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2528 } 2529 2530 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2531 // declaration, or a declaration. 2532 template <typename T> 2533 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2534 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2535 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2536 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2537 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2538 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2539 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2540 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2541 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2542 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2543 } else 2544 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2545 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2546 } 2547 2548 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2549 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2550 /// GNU89 mode. 2551 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2552 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2553 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2554 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2555 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2556 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2557 } 2558 2559 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2560 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2561 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2562 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2563 return AT; 2564 } 2565 2566 template <typename T> 2567 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2568 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2569 if (DC->isRecord()) 2570 return false; 2571 2572 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2573 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2574 return true; 2575 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2576 return true; 2577 return false; 2578 } 2579 2580 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2581 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2582 2583 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2584 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2585 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2586 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2587 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2588 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2589 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2590 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2591 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2592 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2593 // and function templates; or 2594 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2595 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2596 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2597 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2598 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2599 2600 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2601 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2602 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2603 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2604 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2605 2606 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2607 if (Old && 2608 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2609 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2610 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2611 Old = nullptr; 2612 2613 if (!Old) { 2614 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2615 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2616 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2617 return true; 2618 } 2619 return false; 2620 } 2621 2622 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2623 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2624 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2625 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2626 /// 2627 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2628 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2629 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2630 /// merged with. 2631 /// 2632 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2633 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2634 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2635 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2636 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2637 if (!Old) { 2638 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2639 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2641 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2642 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2643 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2644 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2645 return true; 2646 } 2647 2648 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2649 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2650 return true; 2651 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2652 } else { 2653 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2654 << New->getDeclName(); 2655 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2656 return true; 2657 } 2658 } 2659 2660 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2661 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2662 return true; 2663 2664 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2665 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2666 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2667 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2668 2669 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2670 // is an extern inline function. 2671 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2672 // storage classes. 2673 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2674 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2675 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2676 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2677 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2678 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2679 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2680 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2681 } else { 2682 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2683 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2684 return true; 2685 } 2686 } 2687 2688 2689 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2690 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2691 // convention of the first. 2692 // 2693 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2694 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2695 // 2696 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2697 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2698 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2699 // 2700 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2701 // other tests to run. 2702 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2703 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2704 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2705 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2706 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2707 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2708 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2709 2710 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2711 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2712 const FunctionType *FT = 2713 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2714 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2715 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2716 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2717 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2718 // there but not here. 2719 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2720 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2721 } else { 2722 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2723 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2724 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2725 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2726 << !FirstCCExplicit 2727 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2728 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2729 2730 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2731 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2732 return true; 2733 } 2734 } 2735 2736 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2737 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2738 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2739 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2740 } 2741 2742 // Merge regparm attribute. 2743 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2744 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2745 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2746 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2747 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2748 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2749 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2750 return true; 2751 } 2752 2753 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2754 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2755 } 2756 2757 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2758 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2759 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2761 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2762 return true; 2763 } 2764 2765 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2766 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2767 } 2768 2769 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2770 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2771 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2772 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2773 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2774 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2775 } 2776 2777 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2778 // UndefinedButUsed. 2779 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2780 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2781 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2782 Old->isUsed(false) && 2783 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2784 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2785 SourceLocation())); 2786 2787 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2788 // about it. 2789 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2790 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2791 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2792 } 2793 2794 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2795 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2796 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2797 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2798 // cannot be overloaded. 2799 2800 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2801 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2802 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2803 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2804 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2805 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2806 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2807 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2808 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2809 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2810 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2811 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2812 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2813 QualType ResQT; 2814 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2815 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2816 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2817 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2818 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2819 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2820 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2821 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2823 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2824 else 2825 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2826 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2827 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2828 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2829 return true; 2830 } 2831 else 2832 NewQType = ResQT; 2833 } 2834 2835 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2836 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2837 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2838 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2839 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2840 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2841 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2842 New->setType( 2843 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2844 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2845 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2846 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2847 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2848 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2849 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2850 } 2851 } 2852 2853 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2854 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2855 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2856 // Preserve triviality. 2857 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2858 2859 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2860 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2861 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2862 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2863 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2864 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2865 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2866 2867 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2868 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2869 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2870 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2871 // is a static member function declaration. 2872 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2873 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2874 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2875 return true; 2876 } 2877 2878 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2879 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2880 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2881 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2882 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2883 unsigned NewDiag; 2884 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2885 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2886 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2887 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2888 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2889 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2890 else 2891 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2892 2893 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2894 } else { 2895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2896 << New << New->getType(); 2897 } 2898 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2899 return true; 2900 2901 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2902 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2903 // 2904 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2905 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2906 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2907 if (isFriend) { 2908 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2909 } else { 2910 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2911 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2912 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2913 return true; 2914 } 2915 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2916 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2917 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2918 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2919 return true; 2920 } 2921 } 2922 2923 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2924 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2925 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2926 // attribute. 2927 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2928 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2929 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2930 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2931 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2932 } 2933 2934 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2935 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2936 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2937 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2938 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2939 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2940 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2941 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2942 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2943 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2944 } 2945 2946 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2947 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2948 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2949 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2950 2951 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2952 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2953 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2954 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2955 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2956 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2957 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2958 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2959 } 2960 2961 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2962 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2963 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2964 // 2965 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2966 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2967 // linkage within class scope. 2968 // 2969 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2970 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2971 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2972 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2973 } else { 2974 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2975 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2976 return true; 2977 } 2978 } 2979 2980 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2981 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2982 2983 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2984 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2985 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2986 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2987 // when we instantiate the function. 2988 return false; 2989 } 2990 2991 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2992 } 2993 2994 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2995 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2996 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2997 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2998 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2999 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3000 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3001 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3002 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3003 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3004 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3005 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3006 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3007 NewQType = 3008 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3009 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3010 New->setType(NewQType); 3011 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3012 3013 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3014 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3015 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3016 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3017 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3018 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3019 SC_None, nullptr); 3020 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3021 Param->setImplicit(); 3022 Params.push_back(Param); 3023 } 3024 3025 New->setParams(Params); 3026 } 3027 3028 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3029 } 3030 3031 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3032 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3033 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3034 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3035 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3036 // the prototype. 3037 // 3038 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3039 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3040 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3041 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3042 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3043 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3044 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3045 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3046 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3047 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3048 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3049 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3050 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3051 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3052 3053 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3054 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3055 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3056 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3057 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3058 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3059 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3060 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3061 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3062 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3063 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3064 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3065 NewParm->getType(), 3066 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3067 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3068 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3069 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3070 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3071 } else 3072 LooseCompatible = false; 3073 } 3074 3075 if (LooseCompatible) { 3076 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3077 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3078 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3079 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3080 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3081 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3082 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3083 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3084 } 3085 3086 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3087 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3088 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3089 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3090 } 3091 3092 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3093 } 3094 3095 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3096 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3097 3098 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3099 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3100 unsigned BuiltinID; 3101 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3102 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3103 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3104 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3105 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3106 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3107 << Old << Old->getType(); 3108 3109 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3110 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3111 // 3112 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3113 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3114 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3115 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3116 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3117 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3118 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 3119 3120 return false; 3121 } 3122 3123 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3124 } 3125 3126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3127 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3128 return true; 3129 } 3130 3131 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3132 /// known to be compatible. 3133 /// 3134 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3135 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3136 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3137 /// redeclaration of Old. 3138 /// 3139 /// \returns false 3140 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3141 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3142 // Merge the attributes 3143 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3144 3145 // Merge "pure" flag. 3146 if (Old->isPure()) 3147 New->setPure(); 3148 3149 // Merge "used" flag. 3150 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3151 New->setIsUsed(); 3152 3153 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3154 // declarations. 3155 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3156 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3157 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3158 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3159 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3160 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3161 } 3162 3163 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3164 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3165 3166 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3167 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3168 // was visible. 3169 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3170 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3171 New->setType(Merged); 3172 3173 return false; 3174 } 3175 3176 3177 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3178 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3179 3180 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3181 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3182 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3183 : AMK_Override; 3184 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3185 3186 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3187 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3188 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3189 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3190 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3191 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3192 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3193 3194 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3195 } 3196 3197 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3198 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3199 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3200 /// 3201 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3202 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3203 /// is attached. 3204 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3205 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3206 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3207 return; 3208 3209 QualType MergedT; 3210 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3211 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3212 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3213 return; 3214 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3215 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3216 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3217 } 3218 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3219 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3220 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3221 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3222 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3223 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3224 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3225 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3226 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3227 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3228 NewArray->getElementType())) 3229 MergedT = New->getType(); 3230 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3231 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3232 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3233 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3234 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3235 NewArray->getElementType())) 3236 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3237 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3238 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3239 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3240 Old->getType()); 3241 } 3242 } else { 3243 // C 6.2.7p2: 3244 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3245 // compatible type. 3246 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3247 } 3248 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3249 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3250 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3251 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3252 // equivalent. 3253 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3254 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3255 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3256 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3257 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3258 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3259 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3260 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3261 return; 3262 } 3263 3264 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3265 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3266 // 3267 // extern int arr[]; 3268 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3269 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3270 // 3271 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3272 // to diagnose it. 3273 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3274 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3275 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3276 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3277 3278 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3279 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3280 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3281 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3282 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3283 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3284 } 3285 3286 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3287 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3288 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3289 New->setType(MergedT); 3290 } 3291 3292 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3293 LookupResult &Previous) { 3294 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3295 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3296 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3297 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3298 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3299 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3300 // 3301 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3302 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3303 return false; 3304 3305 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3306 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3307 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3308 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3309 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3310 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3311 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3312 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3313 } else { 3314 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3315 // type unless we're in the same function. 3316 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3317 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3318 } 3319 } 3320 3321 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3322 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3323 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3324 /// 3325 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3326 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3327 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3328 /// 3329 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3330 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3331 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3332 return; 3333 3334 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3335 3336 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3337 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3338 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3339 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3340 if (NewTemplate) { 3341 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3342 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3343 3344 if (auto *Shadow = 3345 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3346 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3347 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3348 } else { 3349 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3350 3351 if (auto *Shadow = 3352 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3353 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3354 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3355 } 3356 } 3357 if (!Old) { 3358 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3359 << New->getDeclName(); 3360 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3361 diag::note_previous_definition); 3362 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3363 } 3364 3365 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3366 return; 3367 3368 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3369 if (NewTemplate && 3370 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3371 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3372 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3373 return; 3374 3375 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3376 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3377 // 3378 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3379 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3380 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3381 << New->getIdentifier(); 3382 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3383 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3384 } 3385 3386 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3387 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3388 // declaration 3389 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3390 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3391 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3392 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3393 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3394 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3395 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3396 } 3397 3398 // Merge the types. 3399 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3400 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3401 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3402 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3403 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3404 return; 3405 } 3406 3407 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3408 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3409 return; 3410 3411 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3412 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3413 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3414 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3415 3416 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3417 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3418 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3419 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3420 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3421 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3422 << New->getDeclName(); 3423 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3424 } else { 3425 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3426 << New->getDeclName(); 3427 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3428 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3429 } 3430 } 3431 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3432 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3433 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3434 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3435 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3436 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3437 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3438 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3439 // identifier has external linkage. 3440 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3441 /* Okay */; 3442 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3443 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3444 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3446 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3447 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3448 } 3449 3450 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3451 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3452 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3453 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3454 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3455 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3456 } 3457 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3458 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3459 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3460 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3461 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3462 } 3463 3464 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3465 3466 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3467 // need to check for mismatches. 3468 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3469 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3470 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3471 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3472 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3473 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3474 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3475 } 3476 3477 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3478 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3479 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3480 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3481 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3482 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3483 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3484 } else { 3485 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3486 // static and dynamic initialization. 3487 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3488 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3489 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3490 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3491 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3492 } 3493 } 3494 3495 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3496 VarDecl *Def; 3497 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3498 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3499 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3500 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3501 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3502 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3503 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3504 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3505 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3506 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3507 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3508 } else { 3509 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3510 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3511 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3512 return; 3513 } 3514 } 3515 3516 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3517 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3518 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3519 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3520 return; 3521 } 3522 3523 // Merge "used" flag. 3524 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3525 New->setIsUsed(); 3526 3527 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3528 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3529 if (NewTemplate) 3530 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3531 3532 // Inherit access appropriately. 3533 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3534 if (NewTemplate) 3535 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3536 } 3537 3538 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3539 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3540 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3541 DeclSpec &DS) { 3542 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3543 } 3544 3545 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3546 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3547 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3548 // compatibility. 3549 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3550 // targeted. 3551 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3552 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3553 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3554 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3555 } 3556 3557 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3558 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3559 return; 3560 3561 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3562 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3563 // it is anonymous. 3564 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3565 return; 3566 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3567 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3568 Context.setManglingNumber( 3569 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3570 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3571 return; 3572 } 3573 3574 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3575 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3576 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3577 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3578 Context.setManglingNumber( 3579 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3580 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3581 } 3582 } 3583 3584 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3585 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3586 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3587 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3588 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3589 return; 3590 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3591 return; 3592 3593 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3594 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3595 3596 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3597 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3598 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3599 return; 3600 3601 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3602 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3603 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3604 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3605 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3606 // for how to handle it. 3607 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3608 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3609 3610 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3611 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3612 3613 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3614 textToInsert += ' '; 3615 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3616 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3617 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3618 return; 3619 } 3620 3621 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3622 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3623 } 3624 3625 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3626 switch (T) { 3627 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3628 return 0; 3629 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3630 return 1; 3631 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3632 return 2; 3633 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3634 return 3; 3635 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3636 return 4; 3637 default: 3638 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3639 } 3640 } 3641 3642 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3643 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3644 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3645 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3646 DeclSpec &DS, 3647 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3648 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3649 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3650 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3651 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3652 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3653 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3654 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3655 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3656 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3657 3658 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3659 return nullptr; 3660 3661 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3662 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3663 // it's a Type. 3664 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3665 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3666 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3667 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3668 } 3669 3670 if (Tag) { 3671 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3672 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3673 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3674 return Tag; 3675 } 3676 3677 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3678 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3679 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3680 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3681 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3682 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3683 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3684 } 3685 3686 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3687 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3688 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3689 if (Tag) 3690 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3691 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3692 else 3693 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3694 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3695 return TagD; 3696 } 3697 3698 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3699 3700 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3701 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3702 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3703 if (TagD && !Tag) 3704 return nullptr; 3705 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3706 } 3707 3708 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3709 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3710 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3711 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3712 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3713 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3714 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3715 // or an explicit specialization. 3716 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3717 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3718 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3719 return nullptr; 3720 } 3721 3722 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3723 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3724 3725 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3726 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3727 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3728 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3730 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3731 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3732 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3733 3734 DeclaresAnything = false; 3735 } 3736 } 3737 3738 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3739 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3740 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3741 // 3742 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3743 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3744 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3745 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3746 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3747 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3748 // struct STRUCT; 3749 // union UNION; 3750 // and 3751 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3752 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3753 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3754 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3755 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3756 if (Tag) 3757 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3758 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3759 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3760 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3761 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3762 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3763 3764 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3765 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3766 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3767 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3768 } 3769 3770 DeclaresAnything = false; 3771 } 3772 } 3773 3774 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3775 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3776 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3777 return TagD; 3778 3779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3780 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3781 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3782 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3783 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3784 DeclaresAnything = false; 3785 3786 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3787 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3788 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3789 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3790 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3791 else 3792 DeclaresAnything = false; 3793 } 3794 3795 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3796 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3797 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3798 << Tag->getTagKind() 3799 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3800 3801 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3802 3803 // C 6.7/2: 3804 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3805 // or the members of an enumeration. 3806 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3807 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3808 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3809 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3810 // previous declaration. 3811 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3812 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3813 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3814 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3815 return TagD; 3816 } 3817 3818 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3819 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3820 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3821 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3822 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3823 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3824 // 3825 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3826 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3827 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3828 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3829 3830 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3831 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3832 // useless. 3833 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3834 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3835 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3836 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3837 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3838 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3839 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3840 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3841 } 3842 3843 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3844 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3845 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3846 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3847 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3848 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3849 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3850 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3851 // Restrict is covered above. 3852 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3853 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3854 } 3855 3856 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3857 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3858 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3859 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3860 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3861 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3862 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3863 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3864 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3865 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3866 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3867 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3868 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3869 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3870 } 3871 } 3872 3873 return TagD; 3874 } 3875 3876 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3877 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3878 /// 3879 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3880 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3881 Scope *S, 3882 DeclContext *Owner, 3883 DeclarationName Name, 3884 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3885 unsigned diagnostic) { 3886 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3887 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3888 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3889 3890 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3891 return false; 3892 3893 // Pick a representative declaration. 3894 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3895 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3896 3897 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3898 return false; 3899 3900 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3901 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3902 3903 return true; 3904 } 3905 3906 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3907 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3908 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3909 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3910 /// struct, e.g., 3911 /// 3912 /// @code 3913 /// union { 3914 /// int i; 3915 /// float f; 3916 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3917 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3918 /// @endcode 3919 /// 3920 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3921 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3922 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3923 DeclContext *Owner, 3924 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3925 AccessSpecifier AS, 3926 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3927 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3928 unsigned diagKind 3929 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3930 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3931 3932 bool Invalid = false; 3933 3934 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3935 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3936 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3937 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3938 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3939 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3940 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3941 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3942 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3943 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3944 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3945 Invalid = true; 3946 } else { 3947 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3948 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3949 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3950 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3951 // anonymous union is declared. 3952 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3953 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3954 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3955 else 3956 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3957 3958 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3959 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3960 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3961 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3962 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3963 3964 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3965 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3966 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3967 3968 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3969 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3970 3971 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3972 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3973 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3974 3975 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3976 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3977 3978 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3979 } 3980 } 3981 } 3982 3983 return Invalid; 3984 } 3985 3986 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3987 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3988 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3989 static StorageClass 3990 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3991 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3992 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3993 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3994 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3995 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3996 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3997 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3998 return SC_None; 3999 return SC_Extern; 4000 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4001 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4002 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4003 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4004 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4005 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4006 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4007 } 4008 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4009 } 4010 4011 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4012 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4013 4014 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4015 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4016 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4017 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4018 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4019 return FD->getLocation(); 4020 } 4021 4022 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4023 } 4024 4025 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4026 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4027 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4028 return; 4029 4030 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4031 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4032 } 4033 4034 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4035 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4036 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4037 return; 4038 4039 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4040 } 4041 4042 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4043 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4044 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4045 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4046 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4047 AccessSpecifier AS, 4048 RecordDecl *Record, 4049 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4050 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4051 4052 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4053 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4054 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4055 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4056 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4057 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4058 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4059 4060 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4061 // structs/unions. 4062 bool Invalid = false; 4063 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4064 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4065 unsigned DiagID; 4066 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4067 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4068 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4069 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4070 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4071 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4072 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4073 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4074 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4075 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4076 4077 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4078 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4079 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4080 } 4081 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4082 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4083 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4084 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4085 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4086 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4087 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4088 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4089 4090 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4091 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4092 SourceLocation(), 4093 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4094 } 4095 } 4096 4097 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4098 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4099 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4100 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4101 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4102 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4103 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4104 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4105 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4106 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4107 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4108 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4109 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4110 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4111 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4112 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4113 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4114 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4115 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4116 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4117 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4118 4119 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4120 } 4121 4122 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4123 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4124 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4125 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4126 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4127 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4128 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4129 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4130 // members (clause 11). 4131 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4132 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4133 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4134 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4135 Invalid = true; 4136 } 4137 4138 // C++ [class.union]p1 4139 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4140 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4141 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4142 // array of such objects. 4143 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4144 Invalid = true; 4145 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4146 // Any implicit members are fine. 4147 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4148 // This is a type that showed up in an 4149 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4150 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4151 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4152 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4153 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4154 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4155 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4156 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4157 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4158 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4159 else { 4160 // This is a nested type declaration. 4161 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4162 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4163 Invalid = true; 4164 } 4165 } else { 4166 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4167 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4168 // not part of standard C++. 4169 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4170 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4171 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4172 } 4173 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4174 // Any access specifier is fine. 4175 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4176 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4177 } else { 4178 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4179 // member. Complain about it. 4180 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4181 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4182 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4183 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4184 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4185 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4186 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4187 4188 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4189 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4190 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4191 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4192 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4193 else { 4194 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4195 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4196 Invalid = true; 4197 } 4198 } 4199 } 4200 4201 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4202 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4203 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4204 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4205 Owner->isRecord()) 4206 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4207 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4208 } 4209 4210 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4211 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4212 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4213 Invalid = true; 4214 } 4215 4216 // Mock up a declarator. 4217 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4218 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4219 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4220 4221 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4222 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4223 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4224 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4225 DS.getLocStart(), 4226 Record->getLocation(), 4227 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4228 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4229 TInfo, 4230 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4231 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4232 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4233 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4234 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4235 } else { 4236 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4237 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4238 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4239 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4240 // an error here 4241 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4242 Invalid = true; 4243 SC = SC_None; 4244 } 4245 4246 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4247 DS.getLocStart(), 4248 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4249 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4250 TInfo, SC); 4251 4252 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4253 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4254 // initializer: 4255 // union { int n = 0; }; 4256 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4257 } 4258 Anon->setImplicit(); 4259 4260 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4261 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4262 4263 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4264 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4265 // its members. 4266 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4267 4268 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4269 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4270 // purposes. 4271 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4272 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4273 4274 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4275 Chain, false)) 4276 Invalid = true; 4277 4278 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4279 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4280 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4281 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4282 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4283 Context.setManglingNumber( 4284 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4285 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4286 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4287 } 4288 } 4289 } 4290 4291 if (Invalid) 4292 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4293 4294 return Anon; 4295 } 4296 4297 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4298 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4299 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4300 /// Example: 4301 /// 4302 /// struct A { int a; }; 4303 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4304 /// 4305 /// void foo() { 4306 /// B var; 4307 /// var.a = 3; 4308 /// } 4309 /// 4310 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4311 RecordDecl *Record) { 4312 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4313 4314 // Mock up a declarator. 4315 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4316 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4317 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4318 4319 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4320 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4321 4322 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4323 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4324 ParentDecl, 4325 DS.getLocStart(), 4326 DS.getLocStart(), 4327 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4328 RecTy, 4329 TInfo, 4330 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4331 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4332 Anon->setImplicit(); 4333 4334 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4335 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4336 4337 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4338 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4339 // purposes. 4340 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4341 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4342 4343 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4344 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4345 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4346 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4347 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4348 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4349 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4350 } 4351 4352 return Anon; 4353 } 4354 4355 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4356 /// given Declarator. 4357 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4358 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4359 } 4360 4361 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4362 DeclarationNameInfo 4363 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4364 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4365 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4366 4367 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4368 4369 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4370 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4371 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4372 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4373 return NameInfo; 4374 4375 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4376 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4377 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4378 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4379 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4380 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4381 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4382 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4383 return NameInfo; 4384 4385 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4386 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4387 Name.Identifier)); 4388 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4389 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4390 return NameInfo; 4391 4392 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4393 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4394 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4395 if (Ty.isNull()) 4396 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4397 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4398 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4399 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4400 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4401 return NameInfo; 4402 } 4403 4404 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4405 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4406 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4407 if (Ty.isNull()) 4408 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4409 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4410 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4411 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4412 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4413 return NameInfo; 4414 } 4415 4416 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4417 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4418 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4419 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4420 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4421 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4422 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4423 4424 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4425 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4426 4427 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4428 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4429 // was qualified. 4430 4431 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4432 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4433 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4434 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4435 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4436 return NameInfo; 4437 } 4438 4439 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4440 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4441 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4442 if (Ty.isNull()) 4443 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4444 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4445 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4446 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4447 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4448 return NameInfo; 4449 } 4450 4451 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4452 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4453 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4454 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4455 } 4456 4457 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4458 4459 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4460 } 4461 4462 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4463 do { 4464 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4465 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4466 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4467 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4468 else 4469 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4470 } while (true); 4471 } 4472 4473 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4474 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4475 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4476 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4477 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4478 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4479 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4480 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4481 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4482 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4483 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4484 Params.clear(); 4485 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4486 return false; 4487 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4488 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4489 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4490 4491 // The parameter types are identical 4492 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4493 continue; 4494 4495 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4496 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4497 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4498 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4499 4500 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4501 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4502 Params.push_back(Idx); 4503 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4504 return false; 4505 } 4506 4507 return true; 4508 } 4509 4510 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4511 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4512 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4513 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4514 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4515 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4516 DeclarationName Name) { 4517 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4518 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4519 // - types which will become injected class names 4520 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4521 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4522 // few cases here. 4523 4524 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4525 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4526 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4527 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4528 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4529 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4530 // Grab the type from the parser. 4531 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4532 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4533 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4534 4535 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4536 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4537 // attached already. 4538 if (!TSI) 4539 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4540 4541 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4542 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4543 if (!TSI) return true; 4544 4545 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4546 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4547 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4548 break; 4549 } 4550 4551 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4552 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4553 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4554 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4555 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4556 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4557 break; 4558 } 4559 4560 default: 4561 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4562 break; 4563 } 4564 4565 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4566 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4567 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4568 4569 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4570 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4571 // pointer. 4572 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4573 continue; 4574 4575 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4576 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4577 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4578 return true; 4579 } 4580 4581 return false; 4582 } 4583 4584 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4585 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4586 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4587 4588 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4589 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4590 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4591 4592 return Dcl; 4593 } 4594 4595 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4596 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4597 /// name different from T: 4598 /// - every static data member of class T; 4599 /// - every member function of class T 4600 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4601 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4602 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4603 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4604 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4605 4606 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4607 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4608 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4609 return true; 4610 } 4611 4612 return false; 4613 } 4614 4615 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4616 /// nested-name-specifier. 4617 /// 4618 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4619 /// 4620 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4621 /// resolves. 4622 /// 4623 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4624 /// 4625 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4626 /// 4627 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4628 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4629 DeclarationName Name, 4630 SourceLocation Loc) { 4631 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4632 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4633 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4634 4635 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4636 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4637 // 4638 // class X { 4639 // void X::f(); 4640 // }; 4641 // 4642 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4643 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4644 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4645 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4646 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4647 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4648 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4649 SS.clear(); 4650 } else { 4651 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4652 } 4653 return false; 4654 } 4655 4656 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4657 // declaration. 4658 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4659 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4660 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4661 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4662 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4663 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4664 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4665 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4666 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4667 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4668 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4669 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4670 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4671 else 4672 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4673 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4674 4675 return true; 4676 } 4677 4678 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4679 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4680 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4681 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4682 SS.clear(); 4683 4684 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4685 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4686 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4687 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4688 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4689 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4690 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4691 return true; 4692 4693 return false; 4694 } 4695 4696 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4697 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4698 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4699 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4700 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4701 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4702 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4703 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4704 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4705 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4706 4707 return false; 4708 } 4709 4710 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4711 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4712 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4713 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4714 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4715 4716 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4717 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4718 if (!Name) { 4719 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4720 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4721 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4722 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4723 return nullptr; 4724 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4725 return nullptr; 4726 4727 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4728 // we find one that is. 4729 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4730 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4731 S = S->getParent(); 4732 4733 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4734 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4735 D.setInvalidType(); 4736 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4737 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4738 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4739 return nullptr; 4740 4741 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4742 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4743 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4744 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4745 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4746 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4747 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4748 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4749 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4750 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4751 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4752 return nullptr; 4753 } 4754 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4755 4756 if (!IsDependentContext && 4757 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4758 return nullptr; 4759 4760 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4761 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4762 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4763 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4764 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4765 return nullptr; 4766 } 4767 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4768 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4769 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4770 if (DC->isRecord()) 4771 return nullptr; 4772 4773 D.setInvalidType(); 4774 } 4775 } 4776 4777 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4778 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4779 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4780 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4781 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4782 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4783 D.setInvalidType(); 4784 } 4785 } 4786 4787 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4788 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4789 4790 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4791 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4792 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4793 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4794 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4795 return nullptr; 4796 4797 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4798 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4799 D.setInvalidType(); 4800 4801 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4802 ForRedeclaration); 4803 4804 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4805 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4806 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4807 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4808 4809 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4810 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4811 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4812 // 4813 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4814 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4815 // the same name. 4816 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4817 /* Do nothing*/; 4818 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4819 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4820 R->isFunctionType())) { 4821 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4822 CreateBuiltins = 4823 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4824 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4825 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4826 CreateBuiltins = true; 4827 4828 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4829 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4830 4831 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4832 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4833 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4834 4835 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4836 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4837 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4838 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4839 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4840 // thereof; [...] 4841 // 4842 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4843 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4844 // we want to match. For example, given: 4845 // 4846 // class X { 4847 // void f(); 4848 // void f(float); 4849 // }; 4850 // 4851 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4852 // 4853 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4854 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4855 // matches. 4856 4857 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4858 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4859 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4860 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4861 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4862 } 4863 4864 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4865 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4866 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4867 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4868 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4869 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4870 4871 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4872 Previous.clear(); 4873 } 4874 4875 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4876 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4877 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4878 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4879 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4880 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4881 Previous.clear(); 4882 4883 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4884 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4886 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4887 4888 NamedDecl *New; 4889 4890 bool AddToScope = true; 4891 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4892 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4893 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4894 return nullptr; 4895 } 4896 4897 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4898 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4899 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4900 TemplateParamLists, 4901 AddToScope); 4902 } else { 4903 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4904 AddToScope); 4905 } 4906 4907 if (!New) 4908 return nullptr; 4909 4910 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4911 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4912 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4913 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4914 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4915 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4916 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4917 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4918 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4919 if (!AddToContext) 4920 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4921 } 4922 4923 return New; 4924 } 4925 4926 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4927 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4928 /// GCC compatibility). 4929 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4930 ASTContext &Context, 4931 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4932 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4933 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4934 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4935 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4936 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4937 SizeIsNegative = false; 4938 Oversized = 0; 4939 4940 if (T->isDependentType()) 4941 return QualType(); 4942 4943 QualifierCollector Qs; 4944 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4945 4946 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4947 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4948 QualType FixedType = 4949 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4950 Oversized); 4951 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4952 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4953 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4954 } 4955 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4956 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4957 QualType FixedType = 4958 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4959 Oversized); 4960 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4961 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4962 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4963 } 4964 4965 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4966 if (!VLATy) 4967 return QualType(); 4968 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4969 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4970 return QualType(); 4971 4972 llvm::APSInt Res; 4973 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4974 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4975 return QualType(); 4976 4977 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4978 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4979 SizeIsNegative = true; 4980 return QualType(); 4981 } 4982 4983 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4984 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4985 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4986 Res); 4987 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4988 Oversized = Res; 4989 return QualType(); 4990 } 4991 4992 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4993 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4994 } 4995 4996 static void 4997 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4998 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4999 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5000 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5001 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5002 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5003 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5004 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5005 return; 5006 } 5007 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5008 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5009 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5010 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5011 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5012 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5013 return; 5014 } 5015 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5016 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5017 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5018 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5019 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5020 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5021 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5022 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5023 } 5024 5025 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5026 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5027 /// GCC compatibility). 5028 static TypeSourceInfo* 5029 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5030 ASTContext &Context, 5031 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5032 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5033 QualType FixedTy 5034 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5035 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5036 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5037 return nullptr; 5038 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5039 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5040 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5041 return FixedTInfo; 5042 } 5043 5044 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5045 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5046 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5047 /// function-scope declarations. 5048 void 5049 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5050 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5051 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5052 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5053 return; 5054 5055 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5056 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5057 } 5058 5059 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5060 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5061 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5062 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5063 } 5064 5065 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5066 /// does not identify a function. 5067 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5068 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5069 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5070 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5071 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5072 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5073 5074 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5075 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5076 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5077 5078 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5079 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5080 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5081 5082 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5083 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5084 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5085 } 5086 5087 NamedDecl* 5088 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5089 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5090 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5091 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5092 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5093 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5094 D.setInvalidType(); 5095 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5096 DC = CurContext; 5097 Previous.clear(); 5098 } 5099 5100 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5101 5102 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5103 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5104 << 1; 5105 5106 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5107 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5108 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5109 return nullptr; 5110 } 5111 5112 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5113 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5114 5115 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5116 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5117 5118 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5119 5120 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5121 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5122 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5123 return ND; 5124 } 5125 5126 void 5127 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5128 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5129 // then it shall have block scope. 5130 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5131 // that redeclarations will match. 5132 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5133 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5134 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5135 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5136 5137 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5138 bool SizeIsNegative; 5139 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5140 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5141 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5142 SizeIsNegative, 5143 Oversized); 5144 if (FixedTInfo) { 5145 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5146 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5147 } else { 5148 if (SizeIsNegative) 5149 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5150 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5151 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5152 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5153 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5154 << Oversized.toString(10); 5155 else 5156 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5157 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5158 } 5159 } 5160 } 5161 } 5162 5163 5164 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5165 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5166 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5167 NamedDecl* 5168 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5169 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5170 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5171 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5172 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5173 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5174 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5175 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5176 Redeclaration = true; 5177 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5178 } 5179 5180 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5181 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5182 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5183 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5184 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5185 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5186 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5187 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5188 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5189 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5190 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5191 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5192 } 5193 5194 return NewTD; 5195 } 5196 5197 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5198 /// previous declaration. 5199 /// 5200 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5201 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5202 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5203 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5204 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5205 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5206 /// 5207 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5208 /// lookup 5209 /// 5210 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5211 /// declared. 5212 /// 5213 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5214 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5215 static bool 5216 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5217 ASTContext &Context) { 5218 if (!PrevDecl) 5219 return false; 5220 5221 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5222 return false; 5223 5224 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5225 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5226 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5227 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5228 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5229 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5230 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5231 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5232 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5233 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5234 return false; 5235 5236 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5237 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5238 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5239 return false; 5240 5241 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5242 // previous declarations. 5243 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5244 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5245 5246 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5247 // isn't the same function. 5248 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5249 return false; 5250 } 5251 5252 return true; 5253 } 5254 5255 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5256 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5257 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5258 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5259 } 5260 5261 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5262 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5263 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5264 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5265 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5266 unsigned kind = -1U; 5267 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5268 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5269 kind = 0; // __block 5270 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5271 kind = 1; // global 5272 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5273 kind = 3; // ivar 5274 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5275 kind = 2; // field 5276 } 5277 5278 if (kind != -1U) { 5279 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5280 << kind; 5281 } 5282 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5283 // Try to infer lifetime. 5284 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5285 return false; 5286 5287 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5288 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5289 decl->setType(type); 5290 } 5291 5292 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5293 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5294 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5295 var->getTLSKind()) { 5296 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5297 << var->getType(); 5298 return true; 5299 } 5300 } 5301 5302 return false; 5303 } 5304 5305 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5306 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5307 // the wrong linkage. 5308 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5309 5310 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5311 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5312 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5313 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5314 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5315 } 5316 } 5317 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5318 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5319 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5320 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5321 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5322 } 5323 } 5324 5325 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5326 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5327 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5328 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5329 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5330 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5331 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5332 } 5333 } 5334 } 5335 5336 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5337 // It does not apply to functions. 5338 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5339 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5340 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5341 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5342 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5343 } 5344 } 5345 5346 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5347 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5348 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5349 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5350 << &ND << Attr; 5351 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5352 } 5353 } 5354 } 5355 5356 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5357 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5358 bool IsSpecialization) { 5359 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5360 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5361 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5362 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5363 5364 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5365 return; 5366 5367 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5368 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5369 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5370 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5371 5372 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5373 // inherited attribute instances. 5374 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5375 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5376 5377 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5378 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5379 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5380 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5381 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5382 5383 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5384 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5385 // free functions and global variables. 5386 bool JustWarn = false; 5387 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5388 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5389 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5390 JustWarn = true; 5391 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5392 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5393 JustWarn = true; 5394 } 5395 5396 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5397 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5398 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5399 << NewDecl 5400 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5401 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5402 if (!JustWarn) { 5403 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5404 return; 5405 } 5406 } 5407 5408 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5409 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5410 // and qualified friend declarations. 5411 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5412 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5413 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5414 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5415 // separately. 5416 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5417 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5418 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5419 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5420 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5421 } 5422 5423 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5424 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5425 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5426 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5427 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5428 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5429 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5430 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5431 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5432 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5433 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5434 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5435 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5436 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5437 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5438 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5439 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5440 } 5441 } 5442 5443 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5444 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5445 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5446 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5447 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5448 5449 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5450 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5451 5452 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5453 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5454 return false; 5455 5456 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5457 5458 #ifndef NDEBUG 5459 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5460 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5461 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5462 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5463 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5464 #endif 5465 5466 bool isC99Inline = 5467 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5468 5469 #ifndef NDEBUG 5470 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5471 #endif 5472 5473 return isC99Inline; 5474 } 5475 5476 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5477 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5478 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5479 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5480 /// 5481 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5482 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5483 /// 5484 /// For instance: 5485 /// 5486 /// auto x = []{}; 5487 /// 5488 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5489 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5490 /// 5491 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5492 template<typename T> 5493 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5494 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5495 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5496 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5497 return false; 5498 } 5499 return D->isExternC(); 5500 } 5501 5502 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5503 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5504 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5505 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5506 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5507 return true; 5508 if (DC->isRecord()) 5509 return false; 5510 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5511 } 5512 5513 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5514 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5515 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5516 return true; 5517 if (DC->isRecord()) 5518 return false; 5519 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5520 } 5521 5522 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5523 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5524 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5525 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5526 return true; 5527 return false; 5528 } 5529 5530 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5531 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5532 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5533 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5534 return true; 5535 5536 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5537 // position to the decl itself. 5538 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5539 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5540 return true; 5541 } 5542 5543 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5544 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5545 } 5546 5547 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5548 /// function-local external declaration. 5549 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5550 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5551 return false; 5552 5553 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5554 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5555 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5556 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5557 return true; 5558 5559 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5560 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5561 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5562 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5563 // 5564 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5565 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5566 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5567 DC = DC->getParent(); 5568 return true; 5569 } 5570 5571 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5572 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5573 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5574 return FD->isExternC(); 5575 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5576 return VD->isExternC(); 5577 5578 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5579 } 5580 5581 NamedDecl * 5582 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5583 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5584 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5585 bool &AddToScope) { 5586 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5587 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5588 5589 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5590 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5591 5592 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5593 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5594 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5595 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5596 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5597 SC = SC_Extern; 5598 5599 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5600 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5601 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5602 5603 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5604 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5605 QualType NR = R; 5606 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5607 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5608 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5609 D.setInvalidType(); 5610 break; 5611 } 5612 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5613 } 5614 5615 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5616 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5617 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5618 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5619 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5620 D.setInvalidType(); 5621 } 5622 } 5623 } 5624 5625 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5626 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5627 // an error here 5628 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5629 D.setInvalidType(); 5630 SC = SC_None; 5631 } 5632 5633 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5634 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5635 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5636 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5637 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5638 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5639 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5640 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5641 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5642 } 5643 5644 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5645 if (!II) { 5646 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5647 << Name; 5648 return nullptr; 5649 } 5650 5651 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5652 5653 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5654 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5655 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5656 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5657 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5658 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5659 D.setInvalidType(); 5660 } 5661 } 5662 5663 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5664 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5665 // OpenCL __local address space. 5666 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5667 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5668 } 5669 5670 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5671 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5672 // space qualifiers. 5673 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5674 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5675 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5676 } 5677 5678 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5679 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5680 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5681 // address space qualifiers. 5682 if (R->isEventT()) { 5683 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5684 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5685 D.setInvalidType(); 5686 } 5687 5688 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5689 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5690 D.setInvalidType(); 5691 } 5692 } 5693 } 5694 5695 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5696 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5697 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5698 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5699 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5700 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5701 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5702 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5703 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5704 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5705 R, TInfo, SC); 5706 5707 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5708 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5709 } else { 5710 bool Invalid = false; 5711 5712 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5713 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5714 switch (SC) { 5715 case SC_None: 5716 break; 5717 case SC_Static: 5718 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5719 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5720 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5721 break; 5722 case SC_Auto: 5723 case SC_Register: 5724 case SC_Extern: 5725 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5726 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5727 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5728 // of class members 5729 5730 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5731 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5732 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5733 break; 5734 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5735 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5736 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5737 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5738 } 5739 } 5740 5741 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5742 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5743 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5744 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5745 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5746 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5747 5748 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5749 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5750 if (RD->isUnion()) 5751 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5752 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5753 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5754 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5755 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5756 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5757 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5758 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5759 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5760 } 5761 } 5762 5763 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5764 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5765 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5766 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5767 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5768 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5769 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5770 : nullptr, 5771 TemplateParamLists, 5772 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5773 5774 if (TemplateParams) { 5775 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5776 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5777 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5778 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5779 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5780 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5781 << II 5782 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5783 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5784 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5785 } else { 5786 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5787 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5788 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5789 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5790 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5791 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5792 // This is a template declaration. 5793 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5794 5795 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5796 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5797 return nullptr; 5798 5799 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5800 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5801 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5802 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5803 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5804 } 5805 } 5806 } else { 5807 assert( 5808 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5809 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5810 } 5811 5812 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5813 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5814 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5815 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5816 : SourceLocation(); 5817 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5818 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5819 IsPartialSpecialization); 5820 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5821 return nullptr; 5822 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5823 AddToScope = false; 5824 } else 5825 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5826 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5827 5828 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5829 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5830 NewTemplate = 5831 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5832 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5833 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5834 } 5835 5836 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5837 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5838 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5839 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5840 5841 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5842 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5843 if (NewTemplate) 5844 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5845 } 5846 5847 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5848 5849 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5850 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5851 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5852 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5853 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5854 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5855 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5856 5857 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5858 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5859 } 5860 5861 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5862 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5863 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5864 if (NewTemplate) 5865 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5866 5867 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5868 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5869 5870 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5871 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5872 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5873 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5874 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5875 // explicitly. 5876 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5877 // 'extern'. 5878 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5879 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5880 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5881 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5882 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5883 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5884 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5885 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5886 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5887 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5888 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5889 // error should be ignored. 5890 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5891 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5892 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5893 // to emit any code for it. 5894 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5895 } else 5896 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5897 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5898 } else 5899 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5900 } 5901 5902 // C99 6.7.4p3 5903 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5904 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5905 // thread storage duration... 5906 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5907 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5908 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5909 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5910 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5911 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5912 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5913 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5914 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5915 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5916 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5917 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5918 } 5919 } 5920 5921 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5922 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5923 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5924 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5925 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5926 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5927 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5928 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5929 << 2 5930 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5931 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5932 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5933 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5934 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5935 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5936 else { 5937 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5938 if (NewTemplate) 5939 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5940 } 5941 } 5942 5943 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5944 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5945 5946 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5947 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5948 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5949 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5950 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5951 // storage [duration]." 5952 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5953 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5954 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5955 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5956 } 5957 } 5958 5959 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5960 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5961 // check the VarDecl itself. 5962 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5963 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5964 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5965 5966 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5967 // retainable type. 5968 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5969 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5970 5971 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5972 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5973 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5974 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5975 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5976 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5977 switch (SC) { 5978 case SC_None: 5979 case SC_Auto: 5980 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5981 break; 5982 case SC_Register: 5983 // Local Named register 5984 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5985 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5986 break; 5987 case SC_Static: 5988 case SC_Extern: 5989 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5990 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5991 break; 5992 } 5993 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5994 // Global Named register 5995 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5996 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5997 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5998 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5999 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6000 } 6001 } 6002 6003 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6004 Context, Label, 0)); 6005 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6006 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6007 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6008 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6009 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6010 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6011 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6012 } else 6013 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6014 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6015 } 6016 } 6017 6018 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6019 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6020 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6021 6022 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6023 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6024 // declaration has linkage). 6025 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6026 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6027 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6028 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6029 6030 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6031 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6032 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6033 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6034 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6035 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6036 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6037 6038 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6039 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6040 } else { 6041 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6042 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6043 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6044 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6045 6046 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6047 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6048 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6049 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6050 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6051 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6052 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6053 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6054 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6055 Previous.clear(); 6056 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6057 } 6058 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6059 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6061 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6062 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6063 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6064 } 6065 6066 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6067 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6068 6069 if (NewTemplate) { 6070 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6071 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6072 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6073 : nullptr; 6074 6075 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6076 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6077 // template declaration. 6078 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6079 TemplateParams, 6080 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6081 : nullptr, 6082 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6083 DC->isDependentContext()) 6084 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6085 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6086 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6087 6088 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6089 // template, make a note of that. 6090 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6091 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6092 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6093 } 6094 } 6095 6096 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6097 6098 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6099 // the map of such variables. 6100 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6101 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6102 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6103 6104 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6105 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6106 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6107 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6108 Context.setManglingNumber( 6109 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6110 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6111 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6112 } 6113 } 6114 6115 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6116 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6117 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6118 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6119 } 6120 6121 if (NewTemplate) { 6122 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6123 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6124 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6125 return NewTemplate; 6126 } 6127 6128 return NewVD; 6129 } 6130 6131 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6132 /// -Wshadow. 6133 /// 6134 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6135 /// scope. 6136 /// 6137 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6138 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6139 /// 6140 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6141 // Return if warning is ignored. 6142 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6143 return; 6144 6145 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6146 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6147 return; 6148 6149 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6150 6151 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6152 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6153 return; 6154 6155 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6156 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6157 return; 6158 6159 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6160 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6161 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6162 if (MD->isStatic()) 6163 return; 6164 6165 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6166 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6167 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6168 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6169 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6170 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6171 ShadowedDecl = I; 6172 break; 6173 } 6174 } 6175 6176 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6177 6178 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6179 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6180 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6181 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6182 return; 6183 6184 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6185 // static data members from base classes? 6186 6187 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6188 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6189 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6190 } 6191 6192 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6193 unsigned Kind; 6194 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6195 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6196 Kind = 3; // field 6197 else 6198 Kind = 2; // static data member 6199 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6200 Kind = 1; // global 6201 else 6202 Kind = 0; // local 6203 6204 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6205 6206 // Emit warning and note. 6207 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6208 return; 6209 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6210 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6211 } 6212 6213 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6214 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6215 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6216 return; 6217 6218 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6219 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6220 LookupName(R, S); 6221 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6222 } 6223 6224 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6225 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6226 template<typename T> 6227 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6228 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6229 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6230 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6231 6232 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6233 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6234 // declaration. 6235 return false; 6236 } 6237 6238 if (Prev) { 6239 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6240 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6241 // redeclaration. 6242 Previous.clear(); 6243 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6244 return true; 6245 } 6246 6247 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6248 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6249 // declaration. 6250 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6251 return false; 6252 } else { 6253 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6254 // translation unit which might conflict. 6255 if (IsGlobal) { 6256 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6257 IsGlobal = false; 6258 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6259 I != E; ++I) { 6260 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6261 Prev = *I; 6262 break; 6263 } 6264 } 6265 } else { 6266 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6267 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6268 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6269 I != E; ++I) { 6270 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6271 Prev = *I; 6272 break; 6273 } 6274 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6275 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6276 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6277 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6278 // diagnostic. 6279 } 6280 } 6281 6282 if (!Prev) 6283 return false; 6284 } 6285 6286 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6287 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6288 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6289 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6290 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6291 else 6292 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6293 6294 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6295 << IsGlobal << ND; 6296 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6297 << IsGlobal; 6298 return false; 6299 } 6300 6301 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6302 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6303 /// 6304 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6305 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6306 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6307 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6308 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6309 template<typename T> 6310 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6311 LookupResult &Previous) { 6312 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6313 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6314 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6315 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6316 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6317 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6318 Previous.clear(); 6319 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6320 return true; 6321 } 6322 } 6323 return false; 6324 } 6325 6326 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6327 // declaration. 6328 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6329 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6330 6331 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6332 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6333 // in another scope. 6334 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6335 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6336 6337 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6338 return false; 6339 } 6340 6341 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6342 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6343 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6344 return; 6345 6346 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6347 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6348 6349 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6350 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6351 return; 6352 6353 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6354 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6355 6356 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6357 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6358 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6359 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6360 NewVD->setType(T); 6361 } 6362 6363 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6364 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6365 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6366 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6367 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6368 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6369 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6370 return; 6371 } 6372 6373 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6374 // __constant address space. 6375 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6376 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6377 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6378 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6379 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6380 return; 6381 } 6382 6383 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6384 // scope. 6385 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6386 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6387 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6388 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6389 return; 6390 } 6391 6392 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6393 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6394 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6395 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6396 else { 6397 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6398 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6399 } 6400 } 6401 6402 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6403 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6404 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6405 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6406 6407 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6408 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6409 bool SizeIsNegative; 6410 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6411 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6412 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6413 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6414 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6415 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6416 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6417 // int a[10][n]; 6418 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6419 6420 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6421 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6422 << SizeRange; 6423 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6424 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6425 << SizeRange; 6426 else 6427 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6428 << SizeRange; 6429 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6430 return; 6431 } 6432 6433 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6434 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6435 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6436 else 6437 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6438 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6439 return; 6440 } 6441 6442 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6443 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6444 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6445 } 6446 6447 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6448 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6449 // of objects and functions. 6450 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6451 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6452 << T; 6453 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6454 return; 6455 } 6456 } 6457 6458 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6459 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6460 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6461 return; 6462 } 6463 6464 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6465 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6466 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6467 return; 6468 } 6469 6470 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6471 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6472 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6473 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6474 return; 6475 } 6476 } 6477 6478 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6479 /// declaration. 6480 /// 6481 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6482 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6483 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6484 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6485 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6486 /// 6487 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6488 /// 6489 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6490 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6491 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6492 6493 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6494 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6495 return false; 6496 6497 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6498 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6499 if (Previous.empty() && 6500 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6501 Previous.setShadowed(); 6502 6503 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6504 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewVD, Previous); 6505 6506 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6507 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6508 return true; 6509 } 6510 return false; 6511 } 6512 6513 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6514 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6515 Sema *S; 6516 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6517 }; 6518 6519 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6520 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6521 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6522 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6523 CXXBasePath &Path, 6524 void *UserData) { 6525 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6526 6527 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6528 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6529 6530 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6531 6532 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6533 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6534 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6535 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6536 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6537 6538 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6539 } 6540 6541 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6542 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6543 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6544 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6545 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6546 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6547 return true; 6548 } 6549 } 6550 6551 return false; 6552 } 6553 6554 namespace { 6555 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6556 } 6557 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6558 /// overriden methods. 6559 /// 6560 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6561 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6562 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6563 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6564 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6565 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6566 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6567 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6568 I != E; ++I) { 6569 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6570 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6571 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6572 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6573 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6574 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6575 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6576 } 6577 } 6578 6579 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6580 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6581 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6582 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6583 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6584 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6585 Data.Method = MD; 6586 Data.S = this; 6587 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6588 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6589 bool AddedAny = false; 6590 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6591 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6592 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6593 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6594 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6595 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6596 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6597 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6598 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6599 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6600 AddedAny = true; 6601 } 6602 } 6603 } 6604 } 6605 6606 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6607 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6608 } 6609 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6610 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6611 } 6612 6613 return AddedAny; 6614 } 6615 6616 namespace { 6617 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6618 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6619 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6620 Scope *S; 6621 Declarator &D; 6622 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6623 bool AddToScope; 6624 }; 6625 } 6626 6627 namespace { 6628 6629 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6630 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6631 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6632 public: 6633 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6634 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6635 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6636 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6637 6638 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6639 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6640 return false; 6641 6642 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6643 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6644 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6645 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6646 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6647 6648 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6649 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6650 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6651 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6652 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6653 return true; 6654 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6655 return true; 6656 } 6657 } 6658 } 6659 6660 return false; 6661 } 6662 6663 private: 6664 ASTContext &Context; 6665 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6666 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6667 }; 6668 6669 } 6670 6671 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6672 /// 6673 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6674 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6675 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6676 /// the same name. 6677 /// 6678 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6679 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6680 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6681 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6682 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6683 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6684 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6685 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6686 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6687 TypoCorrection Correction; 6688 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6689 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6690 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6691 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6692 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6693 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6694 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6695 6696 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6697 if (IsLocalFriend) 6698 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6699 else 6700 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6701 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6702 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6703 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6704 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6705 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6706 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6707 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6708 if (FD && 6709 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6710 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6711 // involve a parameter 6712 unsigned ParamNum = 6713 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6714 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6715 } 6716 } 6717 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6718 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6719 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6720 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6721 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6722 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6723 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6724 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6725 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6726 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6727 Previous.clear(); 6728 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6729 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6730 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6731 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6732 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6733 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6734 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6735 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6736 } 6737 } 6738 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6739 6740 NamedDecl *Result; 6741 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6742 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6743 { 6744 // Trap errors. 6745 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6746 6747 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6748 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6749 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6750 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6751 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6752 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6753 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6754 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6755 6756 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6757 Result = nullptr; 6758 } 6759 6760 if (Result) { 6761 // Determine which correction we picked. 6762 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6763 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6764 I != E; ++I) 6765 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6766 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6767 6768 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6769 Correction, 6770 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6771 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6772 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6773 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6774 return Result; 6775 } 6776 6777 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6778 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6779 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6780 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6781 Previous.clear(); 6782 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6783 } 6784 6785 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6786 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6787 6788 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6789 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6790 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6791 6792 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6793 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6794 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6795 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6796 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6797 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6798 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6799 6800 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6801 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6802 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6803 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6804 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6805 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6806 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6807 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6808 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6809 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6810 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6811 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6812 } else 6813 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6814 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6815 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6816 } 6817 return nullptr; 6818 } 6819 6820 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6821 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6822 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6823 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6824 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6825 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6826 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6827 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6828 D.setInvalidType(); 6829 break; 6830 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6831 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6832 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6833 return SC_None; 6834 return SC_Extern; 6835 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6836 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6837 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6838 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6839 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6840 // other than extern 6841 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6842 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6843 diag::err_static_block_func); 6844 break; 6845 } else 6846 return SC_Static; 6847 } 6848 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6849 } 6850 6851 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6852 return SC_None; 6853 } 6854 6855 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6856 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6857 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6858 StorageClass SC, 6859 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6860 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6861 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6862 6863 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6864 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6865 6866 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6867 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6868 // prototype. This true when: 6869 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6870 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6871 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6872 bool HasPrototype = 6873 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6874 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6875 6876 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6877 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6878 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6879 HasPrototype, false); 6880 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6881 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6882 6883 return NewFD; 6884 } 6885 6886 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6887 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6888 6889 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6890 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6891 // the class has been completely parsed. 6892 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6893 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6894 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6895 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6896 D.setInvalidType(); 6897 6898 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6899 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6900 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6901 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6902 6903 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6904 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6905 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6906 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6907 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6908 isConstexpr); 6909 6910 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6911 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6912 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6913 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6914 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6915 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6916 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6917 D.getLocStart(), 6918 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6919 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6920 6921 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6922 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6923 // it yet. 6924 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6925 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6926 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6927 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6928 } 6929 6930 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6931 return NewDD; 6932 6933 } else { 6934 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6935 D.setInvalidType(); 6936 6937 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6938 // code path. 6939 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6940 D.getLocStart(), 6941 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6942 SC, isInline, 6943 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6944 } 6945 6946 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6947 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6948 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6949 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6950 return nullptr; 6951 } 6952 6953 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6954 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6955 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6956 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6957 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6958 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6959 6960 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6961 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6962 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6963 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6964 // constructor if it has no return type). 6965 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6966 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6967 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6968 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6969 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6970 return nullptr; 6971 } 6972 6973 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6974 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6975 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6976 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6977 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6978 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6979 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6980 return Ret; 6981 } else { 6982 bool isFriend = 6983 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6984 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6985 return nullptr; 6986 6987 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6988 // prototype. This true when: 6989 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6990 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6991 D.getLocStart(), 6992 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6993 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6994 } 6995 } 6996 6997 enum OpenCLParamType { 6998 ValidKernelParam, 6999 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7000 PtrKernelParam, 7001 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7002 InvalidKernelParam, 7003 RecordKernelParam 7004 }; 7005 7006 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7007 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7008 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7009 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7010 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7011 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7012 : PtrKernelParam; 7013 } 7014 7015 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7016 // be used as builtin types. 7017 7018 if (PT->isImageType()) 7019 return PtrKernelParam; 7020 7021 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7022 return InvalidKernelParam; 7023 7024 if (PT->isEventT()) 7025 return InvalidKernelParam; 7026 7027 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7028 return InvalidKernelParam; 7029 7030 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7031 return RecordKernelParam; 7032 7033 return ValidKernelParam; 7034 } 7035 7036 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7037 Sema &S, 7038 Declarator &D, 7039 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7040 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7041 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7042 7043 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7044 // used again 7045 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7046 return; 7047 7048 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7049 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7050 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7051 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7052 // pointer to a pointer type. 7053 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7054 D.setInvalidType(); 7055 return; 7056 7057 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7058 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7059 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7060 // pointer to the private address space. 7061 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7062 D.setInvalidType(); 7063 return; 7064 7065 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7066 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7067 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7068 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7069 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7070 7071 case InvalidKernelParam: 7072 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7073 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7074 // of event_t type. 7075 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7076 D.setInvalidType(); 7077 return; 7078 7079 case PtrKernelParam: 7080 case ValidKernelParam: 7081 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7082 return; 7083 7084 case RecordKernelParam: 7085 break; 7086 } 7087 7088 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7089 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7090 7091 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7092 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7093 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7094 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7095 7096 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7097 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7098 7099 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7100 7101 do { 7102 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7103 if (!Next) { 7104 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7105 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7106 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7107 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7108 7109 continue; 7110 } 7111 7112 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7113 // field itself) to the history stack. 7114 const RecordDecl *RD; 7115 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7116 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7117 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7118 } else { 7119 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7120 } 7121 7122 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7123 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7124 7125 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7126 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7127 7128 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7129 continue; 7130 7131 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7132 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7133 continue; 7134 7135 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7136 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7137 continue; 7138 } 7139 7140 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7141 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7142 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7143 // union. 7144 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7145 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7146 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7147 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7148 << PT->isUnionType() 7149 << PT; 7150 } else { 7151 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7152 } 7153 7154 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7155 << PD->getDeclName(); 7156 7157 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7158 // the offending field came from 7159 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7160 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7161 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7162 I != E; ++I) { 7163 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7164 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7165 << OuterField->getType(); 7166 } 7167 7168 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7169 << QT->isPointerType() 7170 << QT; 7171 D.setInvalidType(); 7172 return; 7173 } 7174 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7175 } 7176 7177 NamedDecl* 7178 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7179 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7180 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7181 bool &AddToScope) { 7182 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7183 7184 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7185 7186 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7187 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7188 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7189 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7190 7191 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7192 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7193 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7194 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7195 7196 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7197 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7198 7199 bool isFriend = false; 7200 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7201 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7202 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7203 7204 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7205 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7206 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7207 7208 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7209 7210 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7211 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7212 7213 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7214 isVirtualOkay); 7215 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7216 7217 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7218 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7219 7220 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7221 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7222 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7223 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7224 7225 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7226 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7227 7228 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7229 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7230 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7231 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7232 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7233 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7234 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7235 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7236 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7237 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7238 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7239 } 7240 7241 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7242 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7243 // return true). 7244 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7245 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7246 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7247 NewFD->setPure(true); 7248 7249 // C++ [class.union]p2 7250 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7251 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7252 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7253 } 7254 7255 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7256 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7257 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7258 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7259 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7260 7261 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7262 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7263 bool Invalid = false; 7264 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7265 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7266 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7267 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7268 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7269 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7270 : nullptr, 7271 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7272 Invalid)) { 7273 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7274 // This is a function template 7275 7276 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7277 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7278 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7279 7280 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7281 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7282 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7283 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7284 } 7285 7286 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7287 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7288 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7289 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7290 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7291 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7292 Invalid = true; 7293 } 7294 7295 7296 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7297 NewFD->getLocation(), 7298 Name, TemplateParams, 7299 NewFD); 7300 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7301 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7302 7303 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7304 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7305 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7306 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7307 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7308 } 7309 } else { 7310 // This is a function template specialization. 7311 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7312 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7313 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7314 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7315 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7316 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7317 7318 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7319 if (isFriend) { 7320 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7321 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7322 7323 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7324 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7325 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7326 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7327 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7328 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7329 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7330 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7331 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7332 } 7333 7334 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7335 << Name << RemoveRange 7336 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7337 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7338 } 7339 } 7340 } 7341 else { 7342 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7343 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7344 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7345 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7346 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7347 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7348 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7349 } 7350 7351 if (Invalid) { 7352 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7353 if (FunctionTemplate) 7354 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7355 } 7356 7357 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7358 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7359 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7360 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7361 // 7362 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7363 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7364 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7365 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7366 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7367 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7368 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7369 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7370 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7371 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7372 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7373 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7374 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7375 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7376 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7377 } else { 7378 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7379 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7380 } 7381 7382 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7383 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7384 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7385 } 7386 7387 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7388 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7389 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7390 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7391 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7392 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7393 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7394 // thing to do. 7395 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7396 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7397 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7398 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7399 QualType Result = 7400 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7401 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7402 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7403 } 7404 7405 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7406 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7407 // declaration. 7408 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7409 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7410 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7411 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7412 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7413 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7414 } 7415 } 7416 7417 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7418 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7419 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7420 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7421 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7422 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7423 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7424 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7425 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7426 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7427 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7428 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7429 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7430 // or conversion function. 7431 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7432 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7433 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7434 } 7435 } 7436 7437 if (isConstexpr) { 7438 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7439 // are implicitly inline. 7440 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7441 7442 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7443 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7444 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7445 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7446 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7447 } 7448 7449 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7450 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7451 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7452 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7453 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7454 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7455 << 0 7456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7457 } else { 7458 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7459 if (FunctionTemplate) 7460 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7461 } 7462 } 7463 7464 if (isFriend) { 7465 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7466 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7467 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7468 } 7469 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7470 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7471 } 7472 7473 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7474 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7475 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7476 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7477 case FDK_Declaration: 7478 case FDK_Definition: 7479 break; 7480 7481 case FDK_Defaulted: 7482 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7483 break; 7484 7485 case FDK_Deleted: 7486 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7487 break; 7488 } 7489 7490 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7491 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7492 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7493 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7494 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7495 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7496 } 7497 7498 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7499 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7500 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7501 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7502 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7503 // the class. 7504 7505 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7506 // member function definition. 7507 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7508 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7510 } 7511 7512 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7513 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7514 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7515 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7516 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7517 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7518 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7519 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7520 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7521 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7522 } 7523 7524 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7525 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7526 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7527 isExplicitSpecialization || 7528 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7529 7530 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7531 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7532 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7533 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7534 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7535 SE->getString(), 0)); 7536 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7537 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7538 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7539 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7540 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7541 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7542 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7543 } else 7544 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7545 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7546 } 7547 } 7548 7549 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7550 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7551 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7552 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7553 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7554 7555 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7556 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7557 // single void argument. 7558 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7559 // already checks for that case. 7560 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7561 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7562 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7563 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7564 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7565 Params.push_back(Param); 7566 7567 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7568 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7569 } 7570 } 7571 7572 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7573 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7574 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7575 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7576 // 7577 // @code 7578 // typedef void fn(int); 7579 // fn f; 7580 // @endcode 7581 7582 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7583 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7584 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7585 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7586 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7587 Params.push_back(Param); 7588 } 7589 } else { 7590 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7591 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7592 } 7593 7594 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7595 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7596 7597 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7598 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7599 // 7600 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7601 // 7602 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7603 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7604 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7605 7606 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7607 NewFD->addAttr( 7608 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7609 Context, 0)); 7610 7611 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7612 // because all functions have linkage. 7613 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7614 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7615 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7616 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7617 } 7618 7619 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7620 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7621 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7622 NewFD->addAttr( 7623 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7624 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7625 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7626 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7627 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7628 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7629 NewFD)) 7630 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7631 } 7632 7633 // Handle attributes. 7634 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7635 7636 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7637 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7638 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7639 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7640 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7641 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7642 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7643 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7644 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7645 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7646 } 7647 } 7648 7649 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7650 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7651 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7652 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7653 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7654 7655 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7656 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7657 7658 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7659 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7660 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7661 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7662 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7663 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7664 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7665 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7666 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7667 7668 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7669 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7670 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7671 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7672 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7673 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7674 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7675 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7676 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7677 int DiagID = 7678 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7679 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7680 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7681 } 7682 } 7683 } else { 7684 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7685 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7686 // 7687 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7688 // 7689 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7690 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7691 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7692 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7693 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7694 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7695 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7696 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7697 7698 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7699 // argument list into our AST format. 7700 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7701 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7702 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7703 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7704 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7705 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7706 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7707 TemplateArgs); 7708 7709 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7710 7711 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7712 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7713 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7714 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7715 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7716 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7717 7718 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7719 } else { 7720 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7721 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7722 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7723 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7724 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7725 } 7726 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7727 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7728 // wrote something like: 7729 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7730 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7731 // friend void foo<>(int); 7732 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7733 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7734 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7735 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7736 } 7737 7738 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7739 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7740 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7741 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7742 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7743 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7744 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7745 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7746 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7747 InstantiationDependent))) { 7748 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7749 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7750 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7751 Previous)) 7752 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7753 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7754 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7755 && !isFriend) { 7756 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7757 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7758 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7759 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7760 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7761 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7762 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7763 : nullptr), 7764 Previous)) 7765 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7766 7767 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7768 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7769 // specialization (14.7.3) 7770 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7771 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7772 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7773 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7774 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7775 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7776 << SC 7777 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7778 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7779 7780 else 7781 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7782 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7783 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7784 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7785 } 7786 7787 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7788 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7789 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7790 } 7791 7792 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7793 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7794 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7795 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7796 7797 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7798 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7799 7800 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7801 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7802 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7803 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7804 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7805 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7806 } 7807 7808 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7809 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7810 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7811 7812 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7813 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7814 : NewFD); 7815 7816 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7817 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7818 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7819 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7820 7821 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7822 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7823 } 7824 7825 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7826 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7827 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7828 7829 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7830 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7831 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7832 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7833 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7834 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7835 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7836 : nullptr, 7837 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7838 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7839 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7840 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7841 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7842 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7843 DC->isDependentContext()) 7844 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7845 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7846 } 7847 7848 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7849 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7850 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7851 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7852 AddToScope }; 7853 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7854 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7855 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7856 7857 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7858 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7859 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7860 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7861 7862 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7863 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7864 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7865 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7866 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7867 // can actually do this check immediately. 7868 if (isFriend && 7869 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7870 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7871 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7872 // ignore these 7873 } else { 7874 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7875 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7876 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7877 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7878 // 7879 // class X { 7880 // void f() const; 7881 // }; 7882 // 7883 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7884 // 7885 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7886 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7887 // whether the parameter types are references). 7888 7889 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7890 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7891 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7892 return Result; 7893 } 7894 } 7895 7896 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7897 // to something. 7898 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7899 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7900 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7901 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7902 return Result; 7903 } 7904 } 7905 7906 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7907 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7908 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7909 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7910 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7911 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7912 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7913 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7914 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7915 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7916 // generate them. 7917 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7918 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7919 } 7920 } 7921 7922 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7923 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7924 7925 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7926 7927 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7928 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7929 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7930 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7931 << NewFD; 7932 7933 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7934 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7935 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7936 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7937 EPI.Variadic = true; 7938 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7939 7940 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7941 NewFD->setType(R); 7942 } 7943 7944 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7945 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7946 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7947 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7948 7949 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7950 // marking the function. 7951 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7952 7953 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7954 // a pragma. 7955 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7956 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7957 7958 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7959 // the map of such variables. 7960 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7961 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7962 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7963 7964 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7965 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7966 7967 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7968 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7969 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7970 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7971 } 7972 7973 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7974 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7975 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7976 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7977 return FunctionTemplate; 7978 } 7979 } 7980 7981 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7982 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7983 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7984 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7985 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7986 D.setInvalidType(); 7987 } 7988 7989 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7990 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7991 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7992 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7993 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7994 : FixItHint()); 7995 D.setInvalidType(); 7996 } 7997 7998 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7999 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8000 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8001 } 8002 8003 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8004 8005 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8006 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8007 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8008 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8009 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8010 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8011 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8012 8013 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8014 } 8015 } 8016 8017 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8018 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8019 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8020 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8021 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8022 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8023 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8024 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8025 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8026 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8027 AddToScope = false; 8028 } 8029 8030 return NewFD; 8031 } 8032 8033 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8034 /// 8035 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8036 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8037 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8038 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8039 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8040 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8041 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8042 /// 8043 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8044 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8045 /// 8046 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8047 /// 8048 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8049 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8050 LookupResult &Previous, 8051 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8052 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8053 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8054 8055 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8056 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8057 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8058 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8059 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8060 8061 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 8062 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewFD, Previous); 8063 8064 bool Redeclaration = false; 8065 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8066 8067 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8068 // the same name, if appropriate. 8069 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8070 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8071 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8072 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8073 // function to the scope. 8074 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8075 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8076 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8077 Redeclaration = true; 8078 OldDecl = Candidate; 8079 } 8080 } else { 8081 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8082 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8083 case Ovl_Match: 8084 Redeclaration = true; 8085 break; 8086 8087 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8088 Redeclaration = true; 8089 break; 8090 8091 case Ovl_Overload: 8092 Redeclaration = false; 8093 break; 8094 } 8095 8096 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8097 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8098 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8099 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8100 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8101 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8102 if (Redeclaration) 8103 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8104 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8105 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8106 if (OverloadedDecl) 8107 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8108 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8109 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8110 } 8111 } 8112 } 8113 8114 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8115 if (!Redeclaration && 8116 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8117 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(*this, NewFD, Previous); 8118 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8119 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8120 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8121 Redeclaration = true; 8122 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8123 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8124 8125 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8126 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8127 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8128 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8129 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8130 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8131 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8132 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8133 } 8134 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8135 Redeclaration = false; 8136 OldDecl = nullptr; 8137 } 8138 } 8139 } 8140 } 8141 8142 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8143 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8144 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8145 // 8146 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8147 // definition of a static member function. 8148 // 8149 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8150 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8151 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8152 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8153 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8154 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8155 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8156 if (OldDecl) 8157 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8158 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8159 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8160 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8161 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8162 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8163 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8164 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8165 8166 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8167 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8168 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8169 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8170 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8171 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8172 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8173 8174 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8175 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8176 } 8177 } 8178 } 8179 8180 if (Redeclaration) { 8181 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8182 // merged. 8183 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8184 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8185 return Redeclaration; 8186 } 8187 8188 Previous.clear(); 8189 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8190 8191 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8192 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8193 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8194 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8195 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8196 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8197 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8198 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8199 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8200 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8201 } 8202 8203 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8204 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8205 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8206 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8207 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8208 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8209 } 8210 8211 } else { 8212 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8213 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8214 8215 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8216 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8217 } 8218 } 8219 8220 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8221 8222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8223 // C++-specific checks. 8224 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8225 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8226 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8227 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8228 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8229 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8230 8231 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8232 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8233 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8234 DeclarationName Name 8235 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8236 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8237 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8238 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8239 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8240 return Redeclaration; 8241 } 8242 } 8243 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8244 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8245 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8246 } 8247 8248 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8249 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8250 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8251 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8252 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8253 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8254 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8255 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8256 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8257 } 8258 } 8259 } 8260 8261 if (Method->isStatic()) 8262 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8263 } 8264 8265 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8266 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8267 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8268 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8269 return Redeclaration; 8270 } 8271 8272 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8273 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8274 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8275 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8276 return Redeclaration; 8277 } 8278 8279 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8280 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8281 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8282 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8283 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8284 8285 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8286 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8287 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8288 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8289 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8290 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8291 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8292 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8293 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8294 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8295 } 8296 } 8297 8298 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8299 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8300 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8301 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8302 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8303 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8304 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8305 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8306 << NewFD << R; 8307 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8308 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8309 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8310 } 8311 } 8312 return Redeclaration; 8313 } 8314 8315 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8316 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8317 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8318 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8319 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8320 // appear in a declaration of main. 8321 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8322 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8323 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8324 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8325 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8327 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8328 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8329 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8330 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8331 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8332 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8333 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8334 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8335 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8336 } 8337 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8338 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8339 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8340 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8341 } 8342 8343 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8344 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8345 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8346 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8347 return; 8348 } 8349 8350 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8351 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8352 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8353 8354 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8355 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8356 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8357 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8358 8359 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8360 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8361 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8362 else { 8363 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8364 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8365 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8366 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8367 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8368 } 8369 } else { 8370 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8371 // set the flag which tells us that. 8372 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8373 8374 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8375 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8376 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8377 else { 8378 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8379 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8380 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8381 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8382 : FixItHint()); 8383 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8384 } 8385 } 8386 8387 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8388 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8389 8390 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8391 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8392 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8393 8394 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8395 8396 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8397 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8398 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8399 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8400 } 8401 8402 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8403 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8404 // getting shifty. 8405 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8406 HasExtraParameters = false; 8407 8408 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8409 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8410 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8411 nparams = 3; 8412 } 8413 8414 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8415 // if we had some location information about types. 8416 8417 QualType CharPP = 8418 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8419 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8420 8421 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8422 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8423 8424 bool mismatch = true; 8425 8426 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8427 mismatch = false; 8428 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8429 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8430 // char const ** 8431 // char const * const * 8432 // char * const * 8433 8434 QualifierCollector qs; 8435 const PointerType* PT; 8436 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8437 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8438 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8439 Context.CharTy)) { 8440 qs.removeConst(); 8441 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8442 } 8443 } 8444 8445 if (mismatch) { 8446 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8447 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8448 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8449 } 8450 } 8451 8452 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8453 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8454 } 8455 8456 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8457 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8458 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8459 } 8460 } 8461 8462 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8463 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8464 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8465 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8466 8467 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8468 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8469 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8470 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8471 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8472 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8473 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8474 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8475 8476 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8477 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8478 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8479 } 8480 } 8481 8482 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8483 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8484 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8485 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8486 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8487 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8488 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8489 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8490 // rules there don't matter.) 8491 const Expr *Culprit; 8492 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8493 return false; 8494 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8495 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8496 return true; 8497 } 8498 8499 namespace { 8500 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8501 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8502 class SelfReferenceChecker 8503 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8504 Sema &S; 8505 Decl *OrigDecl; 8506 bool isRecordType; 8507 bool isPODType; 8508 bool isReferenceType; 8509 8510 bool isInitList; 8511 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8512 public: 8513 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8514 8515 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8516 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8517 isPODType = false; 8518 isRecordType = false; 8519 isReferenceType = false; 8520 isInitList = false; 8521 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8522 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8523 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8524 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8525 } 8526 } 8527 8528 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8529 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8530 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8531 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8532 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8533 if (!InitList) { 8534 Visit(E); 8535 return; 8536 } 8537 8538 // Track and increment the index here. 8539 isInitList = true; 8540 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8541 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8542 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8543 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8544 } 8545 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8546 } 8547 8548 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8549 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8550 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8551 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8552 Expr *Base = E; 8553 bool ReferenceField = false; 8554 8555 // Get the field memebers used. 8556 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8557 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8558 if (!FD) 8559 return false; 8560 Fields.push_back(FD); 8561 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8562 ReferenceField = true; 8563 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8564 } 8565 8566 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8567 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8568 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8569 return false; 8570 8571 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8572 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8573 return true; 8574 8575 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8576 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8577 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8578 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8579 } 8580 8581 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8582 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8583 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8584 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8585 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8586 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8587 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8588 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8589 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8590 return true; 8591 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8592 break; 8593 } 8594 8595 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8596 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8597 return true; 8598 } 8599 8600 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8601 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8602 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8603 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8604 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8605 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8606 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8607 return; 8608 } 8609 8610 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8611 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8612 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8613 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8614 return; 8615 } 8616 8617 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8618 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8619 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8620 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8621 return; 8622 } 8623 8624 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8625 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8626 return; 8627 } 8628 8629 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8630 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8631 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8632 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8633 return; 8634 } 8635 } 8636 8637 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8638 if (isInitList) { 8639 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8640 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8641 return; 8642 } 8643 8644 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8645 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8646 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8647 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8648 return; 8649 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8650 } 8651 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8652 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8653 return; 8654 } 8655 8656 Visit(E); 8657 } 8658 8659 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8660 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8661 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8662 if (isReferenceType) 8663 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8664 } 8665 8666 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8667 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8668 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8669 return; 8670 } 8671 8672 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8673 } 8674 8675 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8676 if (isInitList) { 8677 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8678 return; 8679 } 8680 8681 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8682 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8683 8684 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8685 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8686 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8687 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8688 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8689 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8690 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8691 Warn = false; 8692 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8693 } 8694 8695 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8696 if (Warn) 8697 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8698 return; 8699 } 8700 8701 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8702 // Visit that expression. 8703 Visit(Base); 8704 } 8705 8706 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8707 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8708 8709 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8710 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8711 8712 Visit(Callee); 8713 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8714 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8715 } 8716 8717 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8718 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8719 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8720 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8721 if (!isPODType) 8722 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8723 return; 8724 } 8725 8726 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8727 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8728 return; 8729 } 8730 8731 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8732 } 8733 8734 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8735 8736 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8737 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8738 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8739 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8740 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8741 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8742 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8743 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8744 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8745 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8746 return; 8747 } 8748 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8749 } 8750 8751 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8752 // Treat std::move as a use. 8753 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8754 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8755 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8756 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8757 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8758 return; 8759 } 8760 } 8761 } 8762 8763 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8764 } 8765 8766 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8767 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8768 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8769 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8770 return; 8771 } 8772 8773 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8774 } 8775 8776 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8777 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8778 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8779 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8780 Visit(E->getCond()); 8781 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8782 } 8783 8784 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8785 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8786 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8787 unsigned diag; 8788 if (isReferenceType) { 8789 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8790 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8791 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8792 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8793 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8794 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8795 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8796 } else { 8797 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8798 return; 8799 } 8800 8801 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8802 S.PDiag(diag) 8803 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8804 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8805 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8806 } 8807 }; 8808 8809 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8810 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8811 bool DirectInit) { 8812 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8813 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8814 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8815 return; 8816 8817 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8818 8819 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8820 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8821 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8822 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8823 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8824 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8825 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8826 return; 8827 8828 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8829 } 8830 } 8831 8832 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8833 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8834 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8835 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8836 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8837 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8838 // the initializer. 8839 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8840 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8841 return; 8842 } 8843 8844 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8845 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8846 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8847 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8848 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8849 return; 8850 } 8851 8852 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8853 if (!VDecl) { 8854 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8855 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8856 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8857 return; 8858 } 8859 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8860 8861 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8862 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8863 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8864 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8865 // TypoExpr. 8866 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8867 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8868 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8869 return; 8870 } 8871 8872 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8873 Init = Res.get(); 8874 if (CXXDirectInit) 8875 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8876 } 8877 8878 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8879 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8880 // contains exactly one expression. 8881 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8882 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8883 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8884 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8885 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8886 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8887 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8888 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8889 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8890 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8891 return; 8892 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8893 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8894 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8895 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8896 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8897 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8898 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8899 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8900 return; 8901 } else { 8902 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8903 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8904 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8905 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8906 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8907 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8908 } 8909 } 8910 8911 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8912 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8913 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8914 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8915 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8916 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8917 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8918 return; 8919 } 8920 Init = Result.get(); 8921 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8922 } 8923 8924 QualType DeducedType; 8925 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8926 DAR_Failed) 8927 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8928 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8929 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8930 return; 8931 } 8932 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8933 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8934 8935 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8936 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8937 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8938 8939 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8940 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8941 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8942 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8943 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8944 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8945 SourceLocation Loc = 8946 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8947 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8948 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8949 } 8950 8951 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8952 // the previously declared type. 8953 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8954 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8955 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8956 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8957 } 8958 8959 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8960 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8961 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8962 return; 8963 8964 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8965 // we implement N3922. 8966 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8967 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8968 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8969 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8970 } 8971 } 8972 8973 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8974 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8975 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8976 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8977 return; 8978 } 8979 8980 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8981 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8982 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8983 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8984 return; 8985 } 8986 8987 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8988 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8989 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8990 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8991 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8992 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8993 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8994 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8995 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8996 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8997 return; 8998 } 8999 9000 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9001 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9002 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9003 AbstractVariableType)) 9004 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9005 } 9006 9007 VarDecl *Def; 9008 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9009 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9010 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9011 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9012 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9013 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9014 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9015 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9016 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9017 } else { 9018 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9019 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9020 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9021 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9022 return; 9023 } 9024 } 9025 9026 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9027 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9028 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9029 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9030 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9031 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9032 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9033 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9034 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9035 // 9036 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9037 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9038 // declaration with an initializer. 9039 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9040 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9041 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9042 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9043 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9044 << 0; 9045 return; 9046 } 9047 9048 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9049 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9050 9051 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9052 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9053 return; 9054 } 9055 } 9056 9057 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9058 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9059 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9060 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9061 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9062 return; 9063 } 9064 9065 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9066 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9067 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9068 9069 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9070 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9071 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9072 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9073 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9074 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9075 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9076 return; 9077 } 9078 Init = Result.get(); 9079 } 9080 9081 // Perform the initialization. 9082 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9083 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9084 InitializationKind Kind 9085 = DirectInit ? 9086 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9087 Init->getLocStart(), 9088 Init->getLocEnd()) 9089 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9090 VDecl->getLocation()) 9091 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9092 Init->getLocStart()); 9093 9094 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9095 if (CXXDirectInit) 9096 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9097 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9098 9099 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9100 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9101 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9102 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9103 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9104 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9105 }); 9106 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9107 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9108 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9109 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9110 } 9111 } 9112 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9113 return; 9114 9115 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9116 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9117 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9118 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9119 return; 9120 } 9121 9122 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9123 } 9124 9125 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9126 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9127 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9128 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9129 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9130 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9131 } 9132 9133 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9134 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9135 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9136 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9137 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9138 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9139 9140 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9141 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9142 9143 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9144 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9145 9146 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9147 // Although this code can still have problems: 9148 // id x = self.weakProp; 9149 // id y = self.weakProp; 9150 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9151 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9152 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9153 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9154 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9155 Init->getLocStart())) 9156 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9157 } 9158 9159 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9160 // 9161 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9162 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9163 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9164 // 9165 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9166 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9167 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9168 // 9169 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9170 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9171 false, 9172 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9173 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9174 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9175 return; 9176 } 9177 Init = Result.get(); 9178 9179 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9180 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9181 9182 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9183 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9184 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9185 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9186 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9187 const Expr *Culprit; 9188 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9189 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9190 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9191 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9192 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9193 // constant expressions. 9194 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9195 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9196 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9197 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9198 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9199 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9200 } 9201 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9202 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9203 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9204 // 9205 // struct S { 9206 // static const int value = 17; 9207 // }; 9208 9209 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9210 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9211 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9212 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9213 // 9214 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9215 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9216 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9217 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9218 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9219 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9220 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9221 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9222 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9223 9224 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9225 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9226 9227 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9228 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9229 // type. 9230 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9231 9232 // Require constness. 9233 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9234 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9235 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9236 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9237 9238 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9239 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9240 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9241 SourceLocation Loc; 9242 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9243 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9244 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9245 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9246 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9247 ; // Nothing to check. 9248 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9249 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9250 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9251 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9252 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9253 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9254 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9255 } else { 9256 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9257 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9258 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9259 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9260 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9261 } 9262 9263 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9264 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9265 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9266 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9267 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9268 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9269 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9270 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9271 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9272 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9273 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9274 } else { 9275 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9276 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9277 9278 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9279 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9280 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9281 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9282 } 9283 } 9284 9285 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9286 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9287 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9288 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9289 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9290 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9291 9292 } else { 9293 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9294 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9295 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9296 } 9297 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9298 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9299 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9300 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9301 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9302 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9303 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9304 9305 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9306 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9307 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9308 } 9309 9310 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9311 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9312 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9313 // 9314 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9315 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9316 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9317 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9318 // special case code. 9319 9320 // C++ 8.5p11: 9321 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9322 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9323 // class type. 9324 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9325 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9326 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9327 } else if (DirectInit) { 9328 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9329 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9330 } 9331 9332 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9333 } 9334 9335 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9336 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9337 /// of sanity. 9338 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9339 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9340 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9341 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9342 9343 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9344 if (!VD) return; 9345 9346 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9347 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9348 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9349 return; 9350 } 9351 9352 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9353 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9354 9355 // Require a complete type. 9356 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9357 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9358 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9359 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9360 return; 9361 } 9362 9363 // Require a non-abstract type. 9364 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9365 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9366 AbstractVariableType)) { 9367 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9368 return; 9369 } 9370 9371 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9372 // though. 9373 } 9374 9375 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9376 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9377 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9378 if (!RealDecl) 9379 return; 9380 9381 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9382 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9383 9384 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9385 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9386 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9387 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9388 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9389 return; 9390 } 9391 9392 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9393 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9394 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9395 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9396 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9397 // member. 9398 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9399 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9400 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9401 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9402 << Var->getDeclName(); 9403 else 9404 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9405 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9406 return; 9407 } 9408 9409 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9410 // be initialized. 9411 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9412 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9413 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9414 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9415 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9416 return; 9417 } 9418 9419 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9420 case VarDecl::Definition: 9421 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9422 break; 9423 9424 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9425 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9426 // a declaration. 9427 // 9428 // Fall through 9429 9430 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9431 // It's only a declaration. 9432 9433 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9434 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9435 // object shall be complete. 9436 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9437 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9438 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9439 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9440 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9441 9442 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9443 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9444 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9445 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9446 AbstractVariableType)) 9447 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9448 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9449 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9450 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9451 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9452 } 9453 9454 return; 9455 9456 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9457 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9458 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9459 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9460 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9461 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9462 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9463 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9464 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9465 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9466 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9467 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9468 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9469 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9470 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9471 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9472 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9473 // NOTE: code such as the following 9474 // static struct s; 9475 // struct s { int a; }; 9476 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9477 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9478 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9479 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9480 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9481 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9482 } 9483 } 9484 9485 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9486 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9487 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9488 return; 9489 } 9490 9491 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9492 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9493 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9494 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9495 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9496 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9497 return; 9498 } 9499 9500 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9501 // definitions with reference type. 9502 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9503 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9504 << Var->getDeclName() 9505 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9506 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9507 return; 9508 } 9509 9510 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9511 // variable with dependent type. 9512 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9513 return; 9514 9515 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9516 return; 9517 9518 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9519 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9520 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9521 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9522 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9523 return; 9524 } 9525 } else { 9526 return; 9527 } 9528 9529 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9530 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9531 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9532 AbstractVariableType)) { 9533 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9534 return; 9535 } 9536 9537 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9538 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9539 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9540 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9541 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9542 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9543 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9544 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9545 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9546 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9547 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9548 if (const RecordType *Record 9549 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9550 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9551 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9552 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9553 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9554 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9555 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9556 } 9557 } 9558 9559 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9560 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9561 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9562 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9563 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9564 // type shall have a user-declared default 9565 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9566 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9567 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9568 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9569 // program is ill-formed. 9570 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9571 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9572 // default-initialized; [...]. 9573 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9574 InitializationKind Kind 9575 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9576 9577 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9578 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9579 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9580 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9581 else if (Init.get()) { 9582 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9583 // This is important for template substitution. 9584 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9585 } 9586 9587 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9588 } 9589 } 9590 9591 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9592 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9593 if (!VD) { 9594 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9595 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9596 return; 9597 } 9598 9599 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9600 9601 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9602 int Error = -1; 9603 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9604 case SC_None: 9605 break; 9606 case SC_Extern: 9607 Error = 0; 9608 break; 9609 case SC_Static: 9610 Error = 1; 9611 break; 9612 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9613 Error = 2; 9614 break; 9615 case SC_Auto: 9616 Error = 3; 9617 break; 9618 case SC_Register: 9619 Error = 4; 9620 break; 9621 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9622 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9623 } 9624 if (Error != -1) { 9625 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9626 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9627 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9628 } 9629 } 9630 9631 StmtResult 9632 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9633 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9634 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9635 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9636 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9637 // A range-based for statement of the form 9638 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9639 // is equivalent to 9640 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9641 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9642 9643 const char *PrevSpec; 9644 unsigned DiagID; 9645 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9646 getPrintingPolicy()); 9647 9648 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9649 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9650 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9651 9652 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9653 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9654 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9655 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9656 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9657 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9658 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9659 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9660 } 9661 9662 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9663 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9664 9665 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9666 // local retaining variable. 9667 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9668 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9669 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9670 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9671 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9672 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9673 break; 9674 9675 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9676 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9677 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9678 break; 9679 } 9680 } 9681 9682 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9683 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9684 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9685 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9686 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9687 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9688 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9689 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9690 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9691 var->getLocation())) { 9692 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9693 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9694 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9695 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9696 9697 if (!prev) 9698 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9699 } 9700 9701 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9702 const Expr *Culprit; 9703 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9704 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9705 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9706 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9707 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9708 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9709 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9710 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9711 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9712 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9713 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9714 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9715 // initialization. 9716 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9717 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9718 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9719 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9720 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9721 } 9722 9723 } 9724 9725 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9726 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9727 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9728 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9729 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9730 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9731 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9732 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9733 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9734 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9735 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9736 } else { 9737 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9738 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9739 } 9740 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9741 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9742 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9743 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9744 } 9745 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9746 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9747 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9748 9749 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9750 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9751 // attribute. 9752 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9753 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9754 CurInitSegLoc)); 9755 } 9756 9757 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9758 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9759 9760 QualType type = var->getType(); 9761 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9762 9763 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9764 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9765 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9766 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9767 9768 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9769 // constructing this copy. 9770 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9771 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9772 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9773 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9774 ExprResult result 9775 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9776 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9777 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9778 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9779 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9780 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9781 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9782 } 9783 } 9784 } 9785 9786 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9787 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9788 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9789 9790 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9791 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9792 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9793 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9794 var->getLocation())) { 9795 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9796 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9797 // warned about them. 9798 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9799 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9800 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9801 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9802 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9803 } 9804 9805 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9806 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9807 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9808 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9809 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9810 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9811 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9812 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9813 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9814 Notes.clear(); 9815 } 9816 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9817 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9818 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9819 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9820 } 9821 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9822 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9823 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9824 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9825 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9826 } 9827 } 9828 9829 // Require the destructor. 9830 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9831 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9832 } 9833 9834 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9835 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9836 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9837 return true; 9838 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9839 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9840 return true; 9841 return false; 9842 } 9843 9844 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9845 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9846 void 9847 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9848 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9849 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9850 9851 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9852 if (!VD) 9853 return; 9854 9855 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9856 9857 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 9858 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 9859 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 9860 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 9861 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 9862 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 9863 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 9864 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 9865 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 9866 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 9867 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 9868 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 9869 } 9870 } 9871 } 9872 9873 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9874 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9875 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9876 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9877 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9878 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9879 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9880 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9881 } 9882 } 9883 } 9884 9885 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9886 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9887 9888 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9889 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9890 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9891 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9892 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9893 // with a warning. 9894 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9895 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9896 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9897 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9898 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9899 9900 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9901 IsClassTemplateMember 9902 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9903 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9904 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9905 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9906 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9907 } 9908 } 9909 9910 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9911 // isn't exported with the variable. 9912 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9913 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9914 << DLLAttr; 9915 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9916 } 9917 9918 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9919 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9920 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9921 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9922 } 9923 } 9924 9925 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9926 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9927 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9928 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9929 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9930 9931 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9932 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9933 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9934 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9935 9936 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9937 // tag values. 9938 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9939 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9940 return; 9941 9942 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9943 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9944 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9945 continue; 9946 } 9947 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9948 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9949 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9950 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9951 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9952 continue; 9953 } 9954 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9955 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9956 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9957 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9958 continue; 9959 } 9960 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9961 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9962 MagicValue, 9963 I->getMatchingCType(), 9964 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9965 I->getMustBeNull()); 9966 } 9967 } 9968 9969 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9970 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9971 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9972 9973 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9974 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9975 9976 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9977 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9978 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9979 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9980 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9981 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9982 Decls.push_back(D); 9983 } 9984 9985 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9986 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9987 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 9988 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9989 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9990 } 9991 } 9992 9993 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9994 } 9995 9996 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9997 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9998 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9999 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10000 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10001 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10002 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10003 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10004 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10005 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10006 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10007 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10008 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10009 QualType Deduced; 10010 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10011 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10012 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10013 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10014 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10015 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10016 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10017 break; 10018 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10019 if (!U.isNull()) { 10020 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10021 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10022 Deduced = U; 10023 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10024 DeducedDecl = D; 10025 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10026 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10027 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10028 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10029 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10030 << U << D->getDeclName() 10031 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10032 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10033 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10034 break; 10035 } 10036 } 10037 } 10038 } 10039 } 10040 10041 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10042 10043 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10044 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10045 } 10046 10047 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10048 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10049 } 10050 10051 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10052 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10053 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10054 return; 10055 10056 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10057 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10058 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10059 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10060 return; 10061 10062 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10063 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10064 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10065 // additional declaration references: 10066 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10067 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10068 // 'struct S *pS;' 10069 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10070 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10071 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10072 Group = Group.slice(1); 10073 } 10074 } 10075 10076 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10077 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10078 if (!Comments.empty() && 10079 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10080 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10081 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10082 // 10083 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10084 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10085 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10086 // ahead through comments. 10087 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10088 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10089 } 10090 } 10091 10092 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10093 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10094 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10095 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10096 10097 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10098 10099 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10100 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10101 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10102 SC = SC_Register; 10103 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10104 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10105 SC = SC_Auto; 10106 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10107 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10108 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10109 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10110 } 10111 10112 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10113 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10114 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10115 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10116 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10117 << 0; 10118 10119 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10120 10121 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10122 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10123 10124 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10125 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10126 // parameter. 10127 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10128 10129 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10130 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10131 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10132 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10133 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10134 } 10135 } 10136 10137 // Ensure we have a valid name 10138 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10139 if (D.hasName()) { 10140 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10141 if (!II) { 10142 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10143 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10144 D.setInvalidType(true); 10145 } 10146 } 10147 10148 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10149 if (II) { 10150 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10151 ForRedeclaration); 10152 LookupName(R, S); 10153 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10154 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10155 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10156 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10157 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10158 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10159 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10160 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10161 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10162 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10163 10164 // Recover by removing the name 10165 II = nullptr; 10166 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10167 D.setInvalidType(true); 10168 } 10169 } 10170 } 10171 10172 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10173 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10174 // looking like class members in C++. 10175 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10176 D.getLocStart(), 10177 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10178 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10179 SC); 10180 10181 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10182 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10183 10184 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10185 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10186 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10187 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10188 10189 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10190 S->AddDecl(New); 10191 if (II) 10192 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10193 10194 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10195 10196 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10197 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10198 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10199 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10200 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10201 10202 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10203 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10204 } 10205 return New; 10206 } 10207 10208 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10209 /// typedef. 10210 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10211 SourceLocation Loc, 10212 QualType T) { 10213 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10214 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10215 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10216 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10217 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10218 SC_None, nullptr); 10219 Param->setImplicit(); 10220 return Param; 10221 } 10222 10223 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10224 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10225 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10226 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10227 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10228 return; 10229 10230 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10231 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10232 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10233 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10234 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10235 } 10236 } 10237 } 10238 10239 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10240 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10241 QualType ReturnTy, 10242 NamedDecl *D) { 10243 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10244 return; 10245 10246 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10247 // threshold. 10248 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10249 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10250 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10251 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10252 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10253 } 10254 10255 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10256 // threshold. 10257 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10258 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10259 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10260 continue; 10261 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10262 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10263 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10264 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10265 } 10266 } 10267 10268 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10269 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10270 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10271 StorageClass SC) { 10272 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10273 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10274 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10275 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10276 10277 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10278 10279 // Special cases for arrays: 10280 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10281 // - otherwise, it's an error 10282 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10283 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10284 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10285 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10286 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10287 } 10288 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10289 } else { 10290 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10291 } 10292 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10293 } 10294 10295 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10296 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10297 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10298 10299 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10300 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10301 // the class has been completely parsed. 10302 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10303 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10304 AbstractParamType)) 10305 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10306 10307 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10308 // passed by reference. 10309 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10310 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10311 Diag(NameLoc, 10312 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10313 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10314 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10315 New->setType(T); 10316 } 10317 10318 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10319 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10320 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10321 // an address space. 10322 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10323 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10324 // to be qualified with an address space. 10325 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10326 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10327 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10328 } 10329 } 10330 10331 return New; 10332 } 10333 10334 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10335 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10336 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10337 10338 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10339 // for a K&R function. 10340 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10341 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10342 --i; 10343 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10344 SmallString<256> Code; 10345 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10346 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10347 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10348 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10349 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10350 10351 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10352 // type. 10353 AttributeFactory attrs; 10354 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10355 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10356 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10357 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10358 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10359 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10360 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10361 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10362 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10363 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10364 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10365 } 10366 } 10367 } 10368 } 10369 10370 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10371 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10372 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10373 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10374 10375 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10376 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10377 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10378 } 10379 10380 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10381 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10382 } 10383 10384 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10385 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10386 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10387 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10388 return false; 10389 10390 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10391 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10392 return false; 10393 10394 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10395 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10396 return false; 10397 10398 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10399 if (FD->isMain()) 10400 return false; 10401 10402 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10403 if (FD->isInlined()) 10404 return false; 10405 10406 // Don't warn about function templates. 10407 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10408 return false; 10409 10410 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10411 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10412 return false; 10413 10414 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10415 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10416 return false; 10417 10418 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10419 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10420 return false; 10421 10422 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10423 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10424 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10425 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10426 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10427 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10428 continue; 10429 10430 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10431 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10432 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10433 break; 10434 } 10435 10436 return MissingPrototype; 10437 } 10438 10439 void 10440 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10441 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10442 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10443 // was an extern inline function. 10444 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10445 if (!Definition) 10446 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10447 return; 10448 10449 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10450 return; 10451 10452 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10453 // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it. 10454 // 10455 // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition 10456 // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types 10457 // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types. 10458 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10459 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10460 Definition->isInlined() || 10461 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10462 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) 10463 return; 10464 10465 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10466 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10467 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10468 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10469 else 10470 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10471 10472 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10473 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10474 } 10475 10476 10477 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10478 Sema &S) { 10479 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10480 10481 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10482 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10483 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10484 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10485 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10486 10487 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10488 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10489 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10490 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10491 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10492 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10493 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10494 10495 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10496 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10497 10498 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10499 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10500 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10501 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10502 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10503 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10504 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10505 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10506 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10507 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10508 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10509 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10510 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10511 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10512 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10513 10514 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10515 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10516 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10517 } else { 10518 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10519 } 10520 ++I; 10521 } 10522 } 10523 10524 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10525 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10526 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10527 10528 if (!D) 10529 return D; 10530 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10531 10532 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10533 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10534 else 10535 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10536 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10537 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10538 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10539 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10540 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10541 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10542 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10543 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10544 // have the LSI properly restored. 10545 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10546 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10547 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10548 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10549 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10550 } 10551 else 10552 // Enter a new function scope 10553 PushFunctionScope(); 10554 10555 // See if this is a redefinition. 10556 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10557 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10558 10559 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10560 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10561 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10562 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10563 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10564 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10565 } 10566 } 10567 10568 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10569 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10570 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10571 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10572 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10573 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10574 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10575 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10576 10577 if (FnBodyScope) 10578 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10579 10580 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10581 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10582 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10583 10584 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10585 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10586 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10587 10588 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10589 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10590 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10591 10592 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10593 } 10594 } 10595 10596 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10597 // introduce them into the function scope. 10598 if (FnBodyScope) { 10599 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10600 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10601 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10602 I != E; ++I) { 10603 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10604 10605 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10606 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10607 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10608 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10609 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10610 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10611 if (DI == D) { 10612 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10613 break; 10614 } 10615 } 10616 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10617 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10618 } 10619 10620 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10621 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10622 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10623 10624 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10625 // accessible in this scope. 10626 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10627 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10628 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10629 } 10630 } 10631 } 10632 10633 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10634 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10635 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10636 10637 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10638 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10639 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10640 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10641 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10642 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10643 return D; 10644 } 10645 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10646 // a function template). 10647 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10648 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10649 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10650 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10651 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10652 10653 return D; 10654 } 10655 10656 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10657 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10658 /// optimization. 10659 /// 10660 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10661 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10662 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10663 /// use the named return value optimization. 10664 /// 10665 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10666 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10667 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10668 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10669 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10670 10671 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10672 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10673 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10674 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10675 } 10676 } 10677 } 10678 10679 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10680 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10681 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10682 return false; 10683 10684 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10685 // return type (yet). 10686 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10687 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10688 // we can still delay parsing it. 10689 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10690 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10691 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10692 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10693 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10694 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10695 } 10696 } 10697 return false; 10698 } 10699 10700 return true; 10701 } 10702 10703 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10704 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10705 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10706 // rest of the file. 10707 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10708 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10709 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10710 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10711 return false; 10712 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10713 } 10714 10715 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10716 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10717 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10718 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10719 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10720 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10721 } 10722 10723 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10724 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10725 } 10726 10727 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10728 bool IsInstantiation) { 10729 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10730 10731 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10732 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10733 10734 if (FD) { 10735 FD->setBody(Body); 10736 10737 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10738 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10739 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10740 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10741 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10742 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10743 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10744 << FD->getReturnType(); 10745 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10746 } else { 10747 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10748 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10749 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10750 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10751 } 10752 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10753 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10754 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10755 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10756 10757 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10758 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10759 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10760 QualType RetType = 10761 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10762 10763 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10764 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10765 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10766 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10767 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10768 } 10769 } 10770 10771 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10772 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10773 // is the first declaration. 10774 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10775 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10776 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10777 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10778 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10779 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10780 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10781 } 10782 10783 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10784 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10785 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10786 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10787 10788 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10789 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10790 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10791 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10792 10793 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10794 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10795 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10796 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10797 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10798 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10799 10800 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10801 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10802 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10803 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10804 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10805 10806 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10807 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10808 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10810 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10811 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10812 } 10813 10814 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10815 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10816 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10817 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10818 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10819 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10820 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10821 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10822 10823 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10824 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10825 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10826 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10827 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10828 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10829 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10830 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10831 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10832 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10833 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10834 } 10835 } 10836 } 10837 10838 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10839 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10840 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10841 MD->isVirtual() && 10842 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10843 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10844 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10845 if (FD->isInlined() && 10846 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10847 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10848 10849 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10850 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10851 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10852 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10853 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10854 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10855 } else { 10856 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10857 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10858 } 10859 } 10860 } 10861 10862 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10863 "Function parsing confused"); 10864 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10865 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10866 MD->setBody(Body); 10867 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10868 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10869 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10870 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10871 10872 if (Body) 10873 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10874 } 10875 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10876 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10877 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10878 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10879 } 10880 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10881 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10882 bool isDesignated = 10883 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10884 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10885 (void)isDesignated; 10886 10887 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10888 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10889 if (!IFace) 10890 return false; 10891 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10892 if (!SuperD) 10893 return false; 10894 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10895 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10896 }; 10897 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10898 // of NSObject. 10899 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10900 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10901 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10902 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10903 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10904 } 10905 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10906 } 10907 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10908 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10909 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10910 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10911 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10912 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10913 } 10914 } else { 10915 return nullptr; 10916 } 10917 10918 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10919 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10920 "handled in the block above."); 10921 10922 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10923 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 10924 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10925 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10926 // Verify this. 10927 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10928 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10929 10930 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10931 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10932 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10933 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10934 10935 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10936 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10937 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10938 10939 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10940 Destructor->getParent()); 10941 } 10942 10943 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10944 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10945 // deletion in some later function. 10946 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10947 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10948 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10949 } 10950 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10951 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10952 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10953 // enabled. 10954 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10955 } 10956 10957 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10958 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10959 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10960 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10961 10962 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10963 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10964 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10965 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10966 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10967 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10968 break; 10969 } 10970 } 10971 } 10972 10973 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 10974 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 10975 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10976 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10977 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10978 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10979 } 10980 10981 if (!IsInstantiation) 10982 PopDeclContext(); 10983 10984 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10985 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10986 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10987 // deletion in some later function. 10988 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10989 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10990 } 10991 10992 return dcl; 10993 } 10994 10995 10996 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10997 /// relevant Decl. 10998 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10999 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11000 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11001 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11002 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11003 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11004 11005 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11006 if (Method->isStatic()) 11007 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11008 } 11009 11010 11011 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11012 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11013 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11014 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11015 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11016 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11017 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11018 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11019 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11020 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11021 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11022 return ExternCPrev; 11023 } 11024 11025 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11026 unsigned diag_id; 11027 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11028 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11029 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11030 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11031 else 11032 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11033 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11034 11035 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11036 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11037 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11038 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11039 if (S && 11040 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11041 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11042 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11043 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11044 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11045 } 11046 11047 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11048 const char *Dummy; 11049 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11050 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11051 unsigned DiagID; 11052 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11053 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11054 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11055 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11056 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11057 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11058 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11059 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11060 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11061 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11062 /*NumParams=*/0, 11063 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11064 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11065 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11066 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11067 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11068 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11069 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11070 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11071 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11072 EST_None, 11073 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 11074 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11075 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11076 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11077 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11078 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11079 Loc, Loc, D), 11080 DS.getAttributes(), 11081 SourceLocation()); 11082 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11083 11084 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11085 11086 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11087 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11088 11089 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11090 FD->setImplicit(); 11091 11092 CurContext = PrevDC; 11093 11094 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11095 11096 return FD; 11097 } 11098 11099 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11100 /// the declaration of this function. 11101 /// 11102 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11103 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11104 /// like NSLog or printf. 11105 /// 11106 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11107 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11108 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11109 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11110 return; 11111 11112 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11113 // actual attributes. 11114 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11115 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11116 unsigned FormatIdx; 11117 bool HasVAListArg; 11118 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11119 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11120 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11121 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11122 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11123 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11124 fmt = "NSString"; 11125 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11126 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11127 FormatIdx+1, 11128 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11129 FD->getLocation())); 11130 } 11131 } 11132 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11133 HasVAListArg)) { 11134 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11135 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11136 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11137 FormatIdx+1, 11138 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11139 FD->getLocation())); 11140 } 11141 11142 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11143 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11144 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11145 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11146 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11147 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11148 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11149 } 11150 11151 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11152 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11153 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11154 FD->getLocation())); 11155 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11156 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11157 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11158 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11159 } 11160 11161 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11162 if (!Name) 11163 return; 11164 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11165 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11166 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11167 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11168 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11169 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11170 // about. 11171 } else 11172 return; 11173 11174 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11175 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11176 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11177 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11178 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11179 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11180 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11181 FD->getLocation())); 11182 } 11183 11184 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11185 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11186 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11187 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11188 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11189 FD->getLocation())); 11190 } 11191 } 11192 11193 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11194 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11195 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11196 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11197 11198 if (!TInfo) { 11199 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11200 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11201 } 11202 11203 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11204 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11205 D.getLocStart(), 11206 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11207 D.getIdentifier(), 11208 TInfo); 11209 11210 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11211 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11212 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11213 return NewTD; 11214 } 11215 11216 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11217 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11218 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11219 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11220 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11221 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11222 else 11223 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11224 } 11225 11226 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11227 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11228 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11229 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11230 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11231 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11232 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11233 case TST_enum: 11234 case TST_struct: 11235 case TST_interface: 11236 case TST_union: 11237 case TST_class: { 11238 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11239 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11240 break; 11241 } 11242 11243 default: 11244 break; 11245 } 11246 11247 return NewTD; 11248 } 11249 11250 11251 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11252 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11253 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11254 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11255 11256 if (T->isDependentType()) 11257 return false; 11258 11259 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11260 if (BT->isInteger()) 11261 return false; 11262 11263 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11264 return true; 11265 } 11266 11267 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11268 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11269 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11270 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11271 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11272 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11273 11274 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11275 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11276 << Prev->isScoped(); 11277 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11278 return true; 11279 } 11280 11281 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11282 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11283 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11284 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11285 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11286 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11287 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11288 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11289 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11290 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11291 return true; 11292 } 11293 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11294 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11295 << Prev->isFixed(); 11296 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11297 return true; 11298 } 11299 11300 return false; 11301 } 11302 11303 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11304 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11305 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11306 /// 11307 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11308 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11309 switch (Tag) { 11310 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11311 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11312 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11313 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11314 } 11315 } 11316 11317 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11318 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11319 /// 11320 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11321 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11322 { 11323 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11324 } 11325 11326 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11327 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11328 /// 11329 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11330 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11331 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11332 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11333 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11334 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11335 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11336 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11337 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11338 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11339 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11340 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11341 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11342 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11343 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11344 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11345 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11346 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11347 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11348 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11349 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11350 return true; 11351 11352 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11353 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11354 bool isTemplate = false; 11355 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11356 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11357 11358 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11359 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11360 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11361 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11362 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11363 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11364 return true; 11365 } 11366 11367 if (isDefinition) { 11368 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11369 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11370 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11371 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11372 return true; 11373 } 11374 11375 bool previousMismatch = false; 11376 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11377 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11378 if (!previousMismatch) { 11379 previousMismatch = true; 11380 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11381 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11382 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11383 } 11384 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11385 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11386 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11387 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11388 } 11389 } 11390 return true; 11391 } 11392 11393 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11394 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11395 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11396 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11397 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11398 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11399 return true; 11400 } 11401 11402 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11403 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11404 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11405 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11406 11407 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11408 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11409 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11410 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11411 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11412 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11413 } 11414 11415 return true; 11416 } 11417 return false; 11418 } 11419 11420 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11421 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11422 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11423 /// namespace N { 11424 /// struct X; 11425 /// namespace M { 11426 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11427 /// } 11428 /// } 11429 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11430 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11431 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11432 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11433 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11434 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11435 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11436 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11437 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11438 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11439 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11440 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11441 return FixItHint(); 11442 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11443 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11444 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11445 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11446 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11447 break; 11448 } 11449 11450 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11451 // build an NNS. 11452 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11453 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11454 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11455 OS << "::"; 11456 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11457 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11458 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11459 OS.flush(); 11460 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11461 } 11462 11463 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11464 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11465 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11466 /// using-declaration). 11467 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11468 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11469 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11470 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11471 11472 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11473 return true; 11474 11475 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11476 // encloses the other). 11477 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11478 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11479 return true; 11480 11481 return false; 11482 } 11483 11484 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11485 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11486 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11487 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11488 /// 11489 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11490 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11491 /// 11492 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11493 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11494 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11495 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11496 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11497 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11498 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11499 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11500 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11501 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11502 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11503 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11504 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11505 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11506 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11507 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11508 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11509 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11510 11511 OwnedDecl = false; 11512 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11513 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11514 11515 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11516 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11517 bool Invalid = false; 11518 11519 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11520 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11521 // for non-C++ cases. 11522 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11523 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11524 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11525 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11526 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11527 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11528 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11529 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11530 return nullptr; 11531 } 11532 11533 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11534 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11535 // be a member of another template). 11536 11537 if (Invalid) 11538 return nullptr; 11539 11540 OwnedDecl = false; 11541 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11542 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11543 TemplateParams, AS, 11544 ModulePrivateLoc, 11545 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11546 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11547 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11548 SkipBody); 11549 return Result.get(); 11550 } else { 11551 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11552 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11553 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11554 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11555 } 11556 } 11557 } 11558 11559 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11560 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11561 // redeclaration. 11562 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11563 11564 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11565 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11566 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11567 // type, default to int. 11568 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11569 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11570 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11571 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11572 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11573 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11574 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11575 11576 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11577 // Recover by falling back to int. 11578 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11579 11580 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11581 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11582 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11583 11584 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11585 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11586 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11587 } 11588 11589 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11590 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11591 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11592 11593 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11594 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11595 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11596 11597 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11598 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11599 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11600 11601 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11602 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11603 Name = nullptr; 11604 goto CreateNewDecl; 11605 } 11606 11607 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11608 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11609 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11610 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11611 if (!DC) { 11612 IsDependent = true; 11613 return nullptr; 11614 } 11615 } else { 11616 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11617 if (!DC) { 11618 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11619 << SS.getRange(); 11620 return nullptr; 11621 } 11622 } 11623 11624 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11625 return nullptr; 11626 11627 SearchDC = DC; 11628 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11629 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11630 11631 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11632 return nullptr; 11633 11634 if (Previous.empty()) { 11635 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11636 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11637 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11638 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11639 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11640 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11641 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11642 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11643 IsDependent = true; 11644 return nullptr; 11645 } 11646 11647 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11648 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11649 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11650 Name = nullptr; 11651 Invalid = true; 11652 goto CreateNewDecl; 11653 } 11654 } else if (Name) { 11655 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11656 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11657 // name different from T: 11658 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11659 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11660 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11661 return nullptr; 11662 11663 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11664 // declaration or definition. 11665 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11666 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11667 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11668 LookupName(Previous, S); 11669 11670 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11671 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11672 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11673 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11674 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11675 while (F.hasNext()) { 11676 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11677 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11678 F.erase(); 11679 } 11680 F.done(); 11681 } 11682 11683 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11684 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11685 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11686 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11687 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11688 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11689 // 11690 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11691 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11692 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11693 // 11694 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11695 // semantic context? 11696 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11697 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11698 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11699 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11700 while (F.hasNext()) { 11701 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11702 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11703 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11704 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11705 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11706 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11707 else 11708 F.erase(); 11709 } 11710 } 11711 F.done(); 11712 11713 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11714 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11715 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11716 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11717 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11718 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11719 } 11720 } 11721 11722 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11723 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11724 return nullptr; 11725 11726 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11727 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11728 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11729 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11730 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11731 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11732 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11733 } 11734 } 11735 11736 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11737 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11738 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11739 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11740 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11741 Previous.clear(); 11742 } 11743 11744 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11745 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11746 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11747 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11748 11749 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11750 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11751 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11752 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11753 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11754 } 11755 } 11756 11757 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11758 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11759 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11760 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11761 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11762 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11763 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11764 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11765 11766 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11767 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11768 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11769 // 11770 // class-key identifier 11771 // 11772 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11773 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11774 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11775 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11776 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11777 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11778 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11779 // declaration. 11780 // 11781 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11782 // C structs and unions. 11783 // 11784 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11785 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11786 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11787 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11788 // 11789 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11790 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11791 // 11792 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11793 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11794 // lexical context, 11795 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11796 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11797 11798 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11799 while (S->isClassScope() || 11800 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11801 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11802 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11803 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11804 S = S->getParent(); 11805 } else { 11806 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11807 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11808 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11809 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11810 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11811 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11812 } 11813 11814 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11815 // diagnose some problems. 11816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11817 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11818 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11819 } 11820 } 11821 11822 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11823 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11824 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11825 11826 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11827 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11828 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11829 11830 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11831 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11832 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11833 // in C++. 11834 // 11835 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11836 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11837 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11838 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11839 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11840 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11841 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11842 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11843 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11844 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11845 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11846 PrevDecl = Tag; 11847 Previous.clear(); 11848 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11849 Previous.resolveKind(); 11850 } 11851 } 11852 } 11853 } 11854 11855 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 11856 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 11857 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 11858 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 11859 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 11860 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11861 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 11862 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 11863 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 11864 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 11865 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 11866 diag::note_using_decl_target); 11867 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 11868 << 0; 11869 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 11870 Previous.clear(); 11871 goto CreateNewDecl; 11872 } 11873 } 11874 11875 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11876 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11877 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11878 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11879 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11880 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11881 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11882 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11883 // struct or something similar. 11884 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11885 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11886 Name)) { 11887 bool SafeToContinue 11888 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11889 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11890 if (SafeToContinue) 11891 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11892 << Name 11893 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11894 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11895 else 11896 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11897 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11898 11899 if (SafeToContinue) 11900 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11901 else { 11902 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11903 Name = nullptr; 11904 Previous.clear(); 11905 Invalid = true; 11906 } 11907 } 11908 11909 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11910 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11911 11912 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11913 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11914 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11915 if (ScopedEnum) 11916 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11917 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11919 return PrevTagDecl; 11920 } 11921 11922 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11923 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11924 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11925 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11926 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11927 11928 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11929 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11930 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11931 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11932 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11933 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11934 } 11935 11936 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11937 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11938 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11939 // and then later defined. 11940 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11941 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11942 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11943 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11944 } 11945 11946 if (!Invalid) { 11947 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11948 // we have attributes. 11949 11950 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11951 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11952 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11953 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11954 if (!Attr && 11955 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11956 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11957 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11958 return PrevTagDecl; 11959 11960 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11961 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11962 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11963 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11964 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11965 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11966 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11967 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11968 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11969 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11970 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11971 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11972 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11973 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11974 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11975 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11976 } 11977 11978 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 11979 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11980 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 11981 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 11982 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 11983 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 11984 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 11985 // use it in place of this one. 11986 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11987 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 11988 return Def; 11989 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11990 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11991 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11992 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11993 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11994 else 11995 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11996 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11997 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11998 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11999 // references get the previous definition. 12000 Name = nullptr; 12001 Previous.clear(); 12002 Invalid = true; 12003 } 12004 } else { 12005 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12006 // about a nested redefinition. 12007 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12008 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12009 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12010 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12011 diag::note_previous_definition); 12012 Name = nullptr; 12013 Previous.clear(); 12014 Invalid = true; 12015 } 12016 } 12017 12018 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12019 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12020 } 12021 12022 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12023 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12024 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12025 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12026 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12027 AS = AS_none; 12028 } 12029 } 12030 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12031 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12032 12033 } else { 12034 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12035 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12036 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12037 // have distinct types. 12038 Previous.clear(); 12039 } 12040 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12041 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12042 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12043 12044 12045 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12046 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12047 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12048 } else { 12049 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12050 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12051 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12052 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12053 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12054 unsigned Kind = 0; 12055 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12056 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12057 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12058 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12059 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12060 Invalid = true; 12061 12062 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12063 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12064 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12065 // do nothing 12066 12067 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12068 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12069 unsigned Kind = 0; 12070 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12071 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12072 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12073 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12074 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12075 Invalid = true; 12076 12077 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12078 // case here. 12079 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12080 unsigned Kind = 0; 12081 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12082 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12083 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12084 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12085 Invalid = true; 12086 12087 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12088 } else { 12089 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12090 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12091 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12092 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12093 Name = nullptr; 12094 Invalid = true; 12095 } 12096 12097 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12098 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12099 Previous.clear(); 12100 } 12101 } 12102 12103 CreateNewDecl: 12104 12105 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12106 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12107 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12108 12109 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12110 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12111 // keyword. 12112 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12113 12114 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12115 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12116 // PrevDecl. 12117 TagDecl *New; 12118 12119 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12120 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12121 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12122 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12123 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12124 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12125 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12126 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12127 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12128 TagDecl *Def; 12129 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12130 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12131 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12132 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12133 } 12134 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12135 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12136 << New; 12137 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12138 } else { 12139 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12140 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12141 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12142 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12143 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12144 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12145 12146 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12147 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12148 // the declaration context. 12149 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12150 IsForwardReference = true; 12151 } 12152 } 12153 12154 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12155 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12156 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12157 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12158 else 12159 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12160 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12161 } 12162 12163 } else { 12164 // struct/union/class 12165 12166 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12167 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12168 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12169 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12170 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12171 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12172 12173 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12174 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12175 } else 12176 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12177 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12178 } 12179 12180 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12181 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12182 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12183 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12184 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12185 Invalid = true; 12186 } 12187 12188 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12189 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12190 if (SS.isSet()) { 12191 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12192 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12193 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12194 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12195 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12196 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12197 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12198 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12199 Invalid = true; 12200 12201 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12202 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12203 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 12204 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 12205 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 12206 } 12207 } 12208 else 12209 Invalid = true; 12210 } 12211 12212 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12213 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12214 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12215 // 12216 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12217 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12218 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12219 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12220 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12221 // parsing of the struct). 12222 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12223 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12224 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12225 } 12226 } 12227 12228 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12229 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12230 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12231 << 2 12232 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12233 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12234 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12235 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12236 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12237 New->setModulePrivate(); 12238 } 12239 12240 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12241 // check the specialization. 12242 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12243 Invalid = true; 12244 12245 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12246 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12247 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12248 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12249 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12250 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12251 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12252 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12253 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12254 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12255 << Name; 12256 Invalid = true; 12257 } 12258 } else { 12259 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12260 } 12261 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12262 } 12263 12264 if (Invalid) 12265 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12266 12267 if (Attr) 12268 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12269 12270 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12271 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12272 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12273 12274 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12275 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12276 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12277 // the tag name visible. 12278 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12279 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12280 12281 // Set the access specifier. 12282 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12283 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12284 12285 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12286 New->startDefinition(); 12287 12288 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12289 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12290 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12291 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12292 if (PrevDecl) 12293 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12294 12295 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12296 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12297 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12298 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12299 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12300 } else if (Name) { 12301 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12302 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12303 if (IsForwardReference) 12304 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12305 12306 } else { 12307 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12308 } 12309 12310 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12311 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12312 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12313 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12314 II->isStr("FILE")) 12315 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12316 12317 if (PrevDecl) 12318 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12319 12320 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12321 // record. 12322 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12323 12324 OwnedDecl = true; 12325 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12326 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12327 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12328 } 12329 12330 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12331 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12332 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12333 12334 // Enter the tag context. 12335 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12336 12337 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12338 12339 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12340 // record. 12341 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12342 } 12343 12344 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12345 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12346 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12347 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12348 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12349 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12350 CurContext = OCD; 12351 return IDecl; 12352 } 12353 12354 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12355 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12356 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12357 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12358 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12359 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12360 12361 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12362 12363 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12364 return; 12365 12366 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12367 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12368 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12369 12370 // C++ [class]p2: 12371 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12372 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12373 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12374 // as if it were a public member name. 12375 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12376 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12377 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12378 Record->getIdentifier(), 12379 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12380 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12381 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12382 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12383 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12384 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12385 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12386 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12387 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12388 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12389 } 12390 12391 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12392 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12393 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12394 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12395 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12396 12397 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12398 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12399 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12400 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12401 RD->completeDefinition(); 12402 } 12403 12404 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12405 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12406 12407 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12408 PopDeclContext(); 12409 12410 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12411 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12412 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12413 12414 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12415 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12416 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12417 } 12418 12419 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12420 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12421 PopDeclContext(); 12422 } 12423 12424 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12425 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12426 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12427 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12428 } 12429 12430 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12431 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12432 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12433 } 12434 12435 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12436 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12437 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12438 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12439 12440 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12441 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12442 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12443 RD->completeDefinition(); 12444 } 12445 12446 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12447 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12448 // the FieldCollector. 12449 12450 PopDeclContext(); 12451 } 12452 12453 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12454 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12455 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12456 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12457 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12458 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12459 if (ZeroWidth) 12460 *ZeroWidth = true; 12461 12462 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12463 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12464 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12465 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12466 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12467 return ExprError(); 12468 if (FieldName) 12469 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12470 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12471 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12472 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12473 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12474 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12475 return ExprError(); 12476 12477 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12478 // it now. 12479 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12480 return BitWidth; 12481 12482 llvm::APSInt Value; 12483 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12484 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12485 return ICE; 12486 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12487 12488 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12489 *ZeroWidth = false; 12490 12491 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12492 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12493 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12494 12495 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12496 if (FieldName) 12497 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12498 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12499 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12500 << Value.toString(10); 12501 } 12502 12503 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12504 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12505 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12506 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12507 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12508 if (FieldName) 12509 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12510 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12511 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12512 12513 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12514 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12515 } 12516 12517 if (FieldName) 12518 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12519 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12520 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12521 else 12522 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12523 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12524 } 12525 } 12526 12527 return BitWidth; 12528 } 12529 12530 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12531 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12532 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12533 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12534 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12535 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12536 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12537 return Res; 12538 } 12539 12540 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12541 /// 12542 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12543 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12544 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12545 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12546 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12547 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12548 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12549 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12550 12551 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12552 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12553 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12554 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12555 12556 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12557 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12558 D.setInvalidType(); 12559 T = Context.IntTy; 12560 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12561 } 12562 } 12563 12564 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12565 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12566 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12567 D.setInvalidType(); 12568 } 12569 12570 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12571 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12572 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12573 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12574 D.setInvalidType(); 12575 } 12576 12577 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12578 12579 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12580 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12581 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12582 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12583 12584 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12585 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12586 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12587 LookupName(Previous, S); 12588 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12589 case LookupResult::Found: 12590 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12591 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12592 break; 12593 12594 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12595 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12596 break; 12597 12598 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12599 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12600 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12601 break; 12602 } 12603 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12604 12605 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12606 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12607 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12608 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12609 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12610 } 12611 12612 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12613 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12614 12615 bool Mutable 12616 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12617 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12618 FieldDecl *NewFD 12619 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12620 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12621 12622 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12623 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12624 12625 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12626 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12627 12628 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12629 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12630 // with the same name in the same scope. 12631 } else if (II) { 12632 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12633 } else 12634 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12635 12636 return NewFD; 12637 } 12638 12639 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12640 /// 12641 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12642 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12643 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12644 /// created. 12645 /// 12646 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12647 /// 12648 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12649 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12650 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12651 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12652 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12653 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12654 SourceLocation TSSL, 12655 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12656 Declarator *D) { 12657 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12658 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12659 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12660 12661 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12662 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12663 if (T.isNull()) { 12664 InvalidDecl = true; 12665 T = Context.IntTy; 12666 } 12667 12668 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12669 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12670 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12671 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12672 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12673 InvalidDecl = true; 12674 } else { 12675 NamedDecl *Def; 12676 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12677 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12678 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12679 InvalidDecl = true; 12680 } 12681 } 12682 } 12683 12684 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12685 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12686 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12687 InvalidDecl = true; 12688 } 12689 12690 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12691 // than a variably modified type. 12692 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12693 bool SizeIsNegative; 12694 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12695 12696 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12697 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12698 SizeIsNegative, 12699 Oversized); 12700 if (FixedTInfo) { 12701 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12702 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12703 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12704 } else { 12705 if (SizeIsNegative) 12706 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12707 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12708 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12709 << Oversized.toString(10); 12710 else 12711 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12712 InvalidDecl = true; 12713 } 12714 } 12715 12716 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12717 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12718 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12719 AbstractFieldType)) 12720 InvalidDecl = true; 12721 12722 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12723 if (InvalidDecl) 12724 BitWidth = nullptr; 12725 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12726 if (BitWidth) { 12727 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12728 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12729 if (!BitWidth) { 12730 InvalidDecl = true; 12731 BitWidth = nullptr; 12732 ZeroWidth = false; 12733 } 12734 } 12735 12736 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12737 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12738 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12739 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12740 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12741 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12742 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12743 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12744 12745 if (DiagID) { 12746 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12747 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12748 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12749 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12750 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12751 Mutable = false; 12752 InvalidDecl = true; 12753 } 12754 } 12755 } 12756 12757 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12758 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12759 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12760 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12761 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12762 12763 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12764 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12765 if (InvalidDecl) 12766 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12767 12768 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12769 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12770 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12771 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12772 } 12773 12774 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12775 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12776 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12777 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12778 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12779 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12780 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12781 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12782 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12783 // objects. 12784 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12785 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12786 } 12787 } 12788 12789 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12790 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12791 // enabled. 12792 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12793 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12794 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12795 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12796 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12797 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12798 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12799 } 12800 } 12801 } 12802 12803 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12804 // representation, not a parser representation. 12805 if (D) { 12806 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12807 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12808 12809 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12810 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12811 } 12812 12813 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12814 // retainable type. 12815 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12816 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12817 12818 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12819 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12820 12821 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12822 return NewFD; 12823 } 12824 12825 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12826 assert(FD); 12827 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12828 12829 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12830 return false; 12831 12832 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12833 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12834 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12835 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12836 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12837 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12838 // copy constructors. 12839 12840 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12841 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12842 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12843 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12844 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12845 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12846 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12847 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12848 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12849 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12850 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12851 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12852 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12853 member = CXXDestructor; 12854 12855 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12856 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12857 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12858 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12859 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12860 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12861 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12862 // members unavailable. 12863 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12864 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12865 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12866 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12867 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12868 Loc)); 12869 return false; 12870 } 12871 } 12872 12873 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12874 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12875 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12876 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12877 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12878 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12879 } 12880 } 12881 } 12882 12883 return false; 12884 } 12885 12886 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12887 /// AST enum value. 12888 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12889 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12890 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12891 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12892 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12893 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12894 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12895 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12896 } 12897 } 12898 12899 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12900 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12901 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12902 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12903 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12904 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12905 12906 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12907 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12908 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12909 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12910 12911 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12912 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12913 12914 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12915 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12916 12917 if (BitWidth) { 12918 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12919 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12920 if (!BitWidth) 12921 D.setInvalidType(); 12922 } else { 12923 // Not a bitfield. 12924 12925 // validate II. 12926 12927 } 12928 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12929 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12930 D.setInvalidType(); 12931 } 12932 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12933 // than a variably modified type. 12934 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12936 D.setInvalidType(); 12937 } 12938 12939 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12940 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12941 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12942 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12943 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12944 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12945 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12946 return nullptr; 12947 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12948 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12949 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12950 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12951 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12952 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12953 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12954 } 12955 else 12956 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12957 } else { 12958 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12959 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12960 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12961 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12962 return nullptr; 12963 } 12964 } 12965 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12966 } 12967 12968 // Construct the decl. 12969 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12970 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12971 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12972 12973 if (II) { 12974 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12975 ForRedeclaration); 12976 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12977 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12978 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12979 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12980 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12981 } 12982 } 12983 12984 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12985 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12986 12987 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12988 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12989 12990 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12991 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12992 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12993 12994 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12995 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12996 12997 if (II) { 12998 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12999 // these to the interface. 13000 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13001 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13002 } 13003 13004 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13005 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13006 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13007 13008 return NewID; 13009 } 13010 13011 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13012 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13013 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13014 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13015 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13016 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13017 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13018 return; 13019 13020 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13021 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13022 13023 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13024 return; 13025 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13026 if (!ID) { 13027 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13028 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13029 return; 13030 } 13031 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13032 else 13033 return; 13034 } 13035 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13036 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13037 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13038 13039 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13040 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13041 Context.CharTy, 13042 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13043 DeclLoc), 13044 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13045 true); 13046 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13047 } 13048 13049 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13050 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13051 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13052 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13053 13054 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13055 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13056 // it will now change. 13057 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13058 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13059 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13060 default: break; 13061 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13062 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13063 break; 13064 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13065 Context. 13066 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13067 break; 13068 } 13069 } 13070 13071 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13072 13073 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13074 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13075 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13076 if (Record) { 13077 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13078 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13079 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13080 ++NumNamedMembers; 13081 } 13082 } 13083 13084 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13085 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13086 13087 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13088 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13089 i != end; ++i) { 13090 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13091 13092 // Get the type for the field. 13093 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13094 13095 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13096 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13097 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13098 } 13099 13100 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13101 // diagnostics about it. 13102 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13103 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13104 continue; 13105 } 13106 13107 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13108 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13109 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13110 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13111 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13112 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13113 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13114 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13115 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13116 // array. 13117 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13118 // Field declared as a function. 13119 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13120 << FD->getDeclName(); 13121 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13122 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13123 continue; 13124 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13125 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13126 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13127 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13128 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13129 // Flexible array member. 13130 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13131 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13132 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13133 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13134 if (Record->isUnion()) 13135 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13136 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13137 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13138 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13139 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13140 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13141 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13142 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13143 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13144 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13145 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13146 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13147 : 0; 13148 13149 if (DiagID) 13150 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13151 << Record->getTagKind(); 13152 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13153 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13154 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13155 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13156 // of the type. 13157 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13158 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13159 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13160 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13161 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13162 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13163 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13164 13165 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13166 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13167 // 13168 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13169 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13170 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13171 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13172 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13173 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13174 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13175 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13176 continue; 13177 } 13178 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13179 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13180 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13181 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13182 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13183 // Incomplete type 13184 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13185 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13186 continue; 13187 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13188 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13189 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13190 // flexible array member. 13191 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13192 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13193 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13194 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13195 // structures. 13196 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13197 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13198 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13199 else { 13200 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13201 // other structs as an extension. 13202 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13203 << FD->getDeclName(); 13204 } 13205 } 13206 } 13207 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13208 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13209 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13210 AbstractIvarType)) { 13211 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13212 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13213 } 13214 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13215 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13216 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13217 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13218 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13219 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13220 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13221 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13222 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13223 FD->setType(T); 13224 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13225 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13226 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13227 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13228 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13229 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13230 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13231 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13232 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13233 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13234 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13235 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13236 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13237 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13238 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13239 loc)); 13240 } 13241 } else { 13242 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13243 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13244 } 13245 ARCErrReported = true; 13246 } 13247 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13248 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13249 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13250 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13251 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13252 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13253 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13254 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13255 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13256 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13257 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13258 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13259 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13260 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13261 } 13262 } 13263 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13264 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13265 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13266 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13267 ++NumNamedMembers; 13268 } 13269 13270 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13271 if (Record) { 13272 bool Completed = false; 13273 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13274 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13275 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13276 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13277 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13278 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13279 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13280 13281 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13282 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13283 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13284 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13285 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13286 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13287 } 13288 13289 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13290 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13291 13292 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13293 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13294 // problem now. 13295 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13296 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13297 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13298 13299 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13300 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13301 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13302 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13303 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13304 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13305 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13306 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13307 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13308 continue; 13309 13310 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13311 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13312 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13313 // program is ill-formed. 13314 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13315 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13316 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13317 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13318 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13319 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13320 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13321 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13322 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13323 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13324 13325 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13326 } 13327 } 13328 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13329 Completed = true; 13330 } 13331 } 13332 } 13333 } 13334 13335 if (!Completed) 13336 Record->completeDefinition(); 13337 13338 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13339 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13340 13341 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13342 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13343 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13344 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13345 } 13346 13347 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13348 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13349 // compatibility problems. 13350 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13351 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13352 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13353 } else { 13354 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13355 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13356 CheckForZeroSize = 13357 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13358 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13359 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13360 } 13361 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13362 bool ZeroSize = true; 13363 bool IsEmpty = true; 13364 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13365 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13366 E = Record->field_end(); 13367 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13368 IsEmpty = false; 13369 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13370 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13371 ZeroSize = false; 13372 } else { 13373 ++NonBitFields; 13374 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13375 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13376 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13377 ZeroSize = false; 13378 } 13379 } 13380 13381 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13382 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13383 // extern "C" block. 13384 if (ZeroSize) { 13385 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13386 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13387 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13388 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13389 } 13390 13391 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13392 // but are accepted by GCC. 13393 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13394 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13395 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13396 << Record->isUnion(); 13397 } 13398 } 13399 } else { 13400 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13401 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13402 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13403 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13404 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13405 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13406 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13407 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13408 } 13409 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13410 // duplicates. 13411 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13412 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13413 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13414 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13415 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13416 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13417 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13418 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13419 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13420 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13421 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13422 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13423 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13424 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13425 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13426 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13427 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13428 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13429 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13430 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13431 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13432 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13433 if (IDecl) { 13434 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13435 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13436 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13437 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13438 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13439 continue; 13440 } 13441 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13442 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13443 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13444 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13445 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13446 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13447 continue; 13448 } 13449 } 13450 } 13451 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13452 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13453 } 13454 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13455 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13456 } 13457 } 13458 13459 if (Attr) 13460 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13461 } 13462 13463 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13464 /// the given type T. 13465 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13466 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13467 QualType T) { 13468 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13469 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13470 13471 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13472 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13473 --BitWidth; 13474 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13475 } 13476 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13477 } 13478 13479 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13480 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13481 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13482 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13483 // enum checking below. 13484 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13485 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13486 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13487 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13488 }; 13489 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13490 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13491 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13492 }; 13493 13494 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13495 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13496 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13497 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13498 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13499 return Types[I]; 13500 13501 return QualType(); 13502 } 13503 13504 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13505 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13506 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13507 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13508 Expr *Val) { 13509 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13510 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13511 QualType EltTy; 13512 13513 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13514 Val = nullptr; 13515 13516 if (Val) 13517 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13518 13519 if (Val) { 13520 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13521 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13522 else { 13523 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13524 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13525 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13526 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13527 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13528 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13529 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13530 ExprResult Converted = 13531 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13532 CCEK_Enumerator); 13533 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13534 Val = nullptr; 13535 else 13536 Val = Converted.get(); 13537 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13538 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13539 &EnumVal).get())) { 13540 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13541 } else { 13542 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13543 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13544 13545 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13546 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13547 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13548 // expression checking. 13549 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13550 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13551 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13552 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13553 } else 13554 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13555 } else 13556 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13557 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13558 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13559 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13560 // is the type of its initializing value: 13561 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13562 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13563 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13564 } else { 13565 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13566 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13567 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13568 // representable as an int. 13569 13570 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13571 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13572 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13573 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13574 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13575 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13576 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13577 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13578 } 13579 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13580 } 13581 } 13582 } 13583 } 13584 13585 if (!Val) { 13586 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13587 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13588 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13589 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13590 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13591 // is the type of its initializing value: 13592 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13593 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13594 // 13595 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13596 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13597 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13598 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13599 } 13600 else { 13601 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13602 } 13603 } else { 13604 // Assign the last value + 1. 13605 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13606 ++EnumVal; 13607 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13608 13609 // Check for overflow on increment. 13610 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13611 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13612 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13613 // is the type of its initializing value: 13614 // 13615 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13616 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13617 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13618 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13619 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13620 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13621 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13622 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13623 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13624 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13625 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13626 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13627 ++EnumVal; 13628 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13629 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13630 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13631 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13632 << EltTy; 13633 else 13634 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13635 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13636 } else { 13637 EltTy = T; 13638 } 13639 13640 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13641 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13642 // value, then increment. 13643 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13644 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13645 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13646 ++EnumVal; 13647 13648 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13649 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13650 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13651 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13652 // integral type. 13653 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13654 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13655 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13656 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13657 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13658 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13659 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13660 } 13661 } 13662 } 13663 13664 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13665 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13666 // enumerator's type. 13667 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13668 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13669 } 13670 13671 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13672 Val, EnumVal); 13673 } 13674 13675 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13676 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13677 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13678 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13679 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13680 13681 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13682 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13683 // skip the body. 13684 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13685 ForRedeclaration); 13686 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13687 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13688 if (PrevECD && 13689 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13690 &Hidden)) { 13691 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13692 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13693 return Skip; 13694 } 13695 13696 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13697 } 13698 13699 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13700 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13701 AttributeList *Attr, 13702 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13703 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13704 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13705 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13706 13707 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13708 // we find one that is. 13709 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13710 13711 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13712 // scope. 13713 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13714 ForRedeclaration); 13715 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13716 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13717 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13718 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13719 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13720 } 13721 13722 if (PrevDecl) { 13723 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13724 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13725 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13726 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13727 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13728 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13729 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13730 else 13731 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13732 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13733 return nullptr; 13734 } 13735 } 13736 13737 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13738 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13739 // different from T: 13740 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13741 // enumerated type 13742 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13743 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13744 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13745 13746 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13747 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13748 13749 if (New) { 13750 // Process attributes. 13751 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13752 13753 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13754 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13755 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13756 } 13757 13758 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13759 13760 return New; 13761 } 13762 13763 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13764 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13765 // Element2 = Element1 13766 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13767 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13768 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13769 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13770 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13771 if (!InitExpr) 13772 return true; 13773 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13774 13775 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13776 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13777 return true; 13778 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13779 if (!IL) 13780 return true; 13781 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13782 return true; 13783 13784 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13785 } 13786 13787 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13788 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13789 if (!DRE) 13790 return true; 13791 13792 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13793 if (!EnumConstant) 13794 return true; 13795 13796 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13797 Enum) 13798 return true; 13799 13800 return false; 13801 } 13802 13803 struct DupKey { 13804 int64_t val; 13805 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13806 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13807 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13808 }; 13809 13810 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13811 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13812 false); 13813 } 13814 13815 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13816 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13817 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13818 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13819 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13820 } 13821 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13822 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13823 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13824 } 13825 }; 13826 13827 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13828 // a previous element has already been set to. 13829 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13830 EnumDecl *Enum, 13831 QualType EnumType) { 13832 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13833 return; 13834 // Avoid anonymous enums 13835 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13836 return; 13837 13838 // Only check for small enums. 13839 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13840 return; 13841 13842 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13843 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13844 13845 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13846 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13847 ValueToVectorMap; 13848 13849 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13850 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13851 13852 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13853 // an initialier. 13854 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13855 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13856 13857 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13858 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13859 if (!ECD) { 13860 return; 13861 } 13862 13863 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13864 continue; 13865 13866 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13867 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13868 13869 // First time encountering this value. 13870 if (Entry.isNull()) 13871 Entry = ECD; 13872 } 13873 13874 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13875 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13876 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13877 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13878 continue; 13879 13880 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13881 13882 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13883 if (Entry.isNull()) 13884 continue; 13885 13886 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13887 // Ensure constants are different. 13888 if (D == ECD) 13889 continue; 13890 13891 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13892 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13893 Vec->push_back(D); 13894 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13895 13896 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13897 Entry = Vec; 13898 13899 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13900 // diagnostics. 13901 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13902 continue; 13903 } 13904 13905 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13906 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13907 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13908 continue; 13909 13910 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13911 } 13912 13913 // Emit diagnostics. 13914 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13915 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13916 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13917 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13918 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13919 13920 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13921 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13922 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13923 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13924 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13925 ++I; 13926 13927 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13928 // the same value. 13929 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13930 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13931 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13932 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13933 delete Vec; 13934 } 13935 } 13936 13937 bool 13938 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13939 bool AllowMask) const { 13940 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13941 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13942 13943 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13944 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13945 13946 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13947 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13948 13949 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13950 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13951 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13952 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13953 // 13954 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13955 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13956 // likely a logic error. 13957 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13958 return true; 13959 13960 if (AllowMask) { 13961 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13962 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13963 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13964 // benefit of the doubt. 13965 // 13966 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13967 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13968 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13969 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13970 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13971 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13972 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13973 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13974 return true; 13975 } 13976 13977 return false; 13978 } 13979 13980 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13981 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13982 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13983 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13984 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13985 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13986 13987 if (Attr) 13988 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13989 13990 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13991 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13992 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13993 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13994 if (!ECD) continue; 13995 13996 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13997 } 13998 13999 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14000 return; 14001 } 14002 14003 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14004 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14005 // emit a warning. 14006 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14007 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14008 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14009 14010 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14011 // reverse the list. 14012 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14013 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14014 14015 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14016 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14017 14018 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14019 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14020 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14021 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14022 14023 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14024 14025 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14026 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14027 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14028 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14029 else 14030 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14031 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14032 14033 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14034 if (AllElementsInt) 14035 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14036 } 14037 14038 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14039 QualType BestType; 14040 unsigned BestWidth; 14041 14042 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14043 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14044 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14045 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14046 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14047 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14048 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14049 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14050 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14051 QualType BestPromotionType; 14052 14053 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14054 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14055 // enum definitions. 14056 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14057 Packed = true; 14058 14059 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14060 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14061 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14062 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14063 else 14064 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14065 14066 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14067 } 14068 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14069 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14070 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14071 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14072 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14073 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14074 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14075 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14076 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14077 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14078 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14079 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14080 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14081 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14082 } else { 14083 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14084 14085 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14086 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14087 } else { 14088 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14089 14090 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14091 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14092 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14093 } 14094 } 14095 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14096 } else { 14097 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14098 // all of the enumerator values. 14099 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14100 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14101 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14102 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14103 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14104 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14105 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14106 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14107 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14108 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14109 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14110 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14111 BestPromotionType 14112 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14113 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14114 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14115 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14116 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14117 BestPromotionType 14118 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14119 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14120 } else { 14121 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14122 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14123 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14124 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14125 BestPromotionType 14126 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14127 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14128 } 14129 } 14130 14131 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 14132 if (FEAttr) 14133 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 14134 14135 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14136 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 14137 // FlagBits cache. 14138 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14139 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14140 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14141 14142 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14143 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14144 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14145 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14146 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14147 14148 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14149 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14150 14151 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14152 // the enum decl type. 14153 QualType NewTy; 14154 unsigned NewWidth; 14155 bool NewSign; 14156 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14157 !Enum->isFixed() && 14158 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14159 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14160 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14161 NewSign = true; 14162 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14163 // Already the right type! 14164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14165 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14166 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14167 // enumeration. 14168 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14169 goto flagbits; 14170 } else { 14171 NewTy = BestType; 14172 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14173 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14174 } 14175 14176 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14177 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14178 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14179 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14180 14181 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14182 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14183 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14184 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14185 CK_IntegralCast, 14186 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14187 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14188 VK_RValue)); 14189 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14190 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14191 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14192 // enumeration. 14193 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14194 else 14195 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14196 14197 flagbits: 14198 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 14199 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 14200 if (FEAttr) { 14201 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 14202 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 14203 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 14204 } 14205 } 14206 } 14207 14208 if (FEAttr) { 14209 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14210 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14211 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14212 14213 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14214 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14215 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14216 << ECD << Enum; 14217 } 14218 } 14219 14220 14221 14222 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14223 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14224 14225 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14226 14227 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14228 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14229 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14230 } 14231 14232 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14233 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14234 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14235 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14236 14237 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14238 AsmString, StartLoc, 14239 EndLoc); 14240 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14241 return New; 14242 } 14243 14244 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14245 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14246 DeclContext *DC) { 14247 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14248 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14249 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14250 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14251 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14252 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14253 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14254 return; 14255 } 14256 break; 14257 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14258 break; 14259 } 14260 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14261 } 14262 14263 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14264 DC = DC->getParent(); 14265 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14266 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14267 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14268 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14269 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14270 << DC; 14271 } 14272 } 14273 14274 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14275 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14276 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14277 Module *Mod = 14278 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14279 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14280 if (!Mod) 14281 return true; 14282 14283 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14284 14285 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14286 14287 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14288 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14289 // silently ignoring the import. 14290 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14291 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14292 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14293 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14294 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14295 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14296 14297 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14298 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14299 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14300 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14301 // We need the length to be consistent. 14302 if (!ModCheck) 14303 break; 14304 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14305 14306 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14307 } 14308 14309 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14310 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14311 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14312 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14313 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14314 return Import; 14315 } 14316 14317 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14318 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14319 14320 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14321 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14322 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14323 // 14324 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14325 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14326 TUKind == TU_Module && 14327 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14328 14329 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14330 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14331 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14332 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14333 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14334 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14335 DirectiveLoc); 14336 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14337 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14338 } 14339 14340 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14341 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14342 } 14343 14344 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14345 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14346 14347 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14348 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14349 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14350 } 14351 14352 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14353 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14354 14355 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14356 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14357 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14358 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14359 } 14360 } 14361 14362 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14363 Module *Mod) { 14364 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14365 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14366 return; 14367 14368 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14369 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14370 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14371 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14372 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14373 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14374 14375 // Make the module visible. 14376 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14377 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14378 } 14379 14380 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14381 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14382 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14383 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14384 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14385 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14386 LookupOrdinaryName); 14387 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14388 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14389 14390 // If a declaration that: 14391 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14392 // 2) has external linkage 14393 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14394 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14395 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14396 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14397 else 14398 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14399 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14400 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14401 } else 14402 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14403 } 14404 14405 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14406 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14407 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14408 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14409 14410 if (PrevDecl) { 14411 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14412 } else { 14413 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14414 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14415 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14416 } 14417 } 14418 14419 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14420 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14421 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14422 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14423 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14424 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14425 LookupOrdinaryName); 14426 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14427 14428 if (PrevDecl) { 14429 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14430 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14431 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14432 } else { 14433 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14434 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14435 } 14436 } 14437 14438 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14439 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14440 } 14441 14442 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14443 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14444 if (!D) 14445 return AR_Available; 14446 14447 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14448 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14449 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14450 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14451 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14452 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14453 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14454 if (R != AR_Available) 14455 return R; 14456 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14457 } 14458 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14459 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14460 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14461 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14462 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14463 } 14464 // Recover from user error. 14465 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14466 } 14467